Search Results

Search found 7768 results on 311 pages for 'enter'.

Page 310/311 | < Previous Page | 306 307 308 309 310 311  | Next Page >

  • php validation code format

    - by user2970887
    Okay I have this MySQL database form and am trying to add validation to it. After 2 days of fighting with it, I thought I would get some advice. Would like that the selected item from dropdown and Firstname, Phone, Email, are all required. Then I want to verify that the data in the Firstname, Lastname, Phone (doesn't have to be any special format), Email and Comments are all acceptable formats before putting in database. Here is what I have so far: <?php include('inc_header.php'); if(isset($_POST['add'])) { require('dbcon.php'); if(! get_magic_quotes_gpc() ) { $Id = addslashes ($_POST['Id']); $List = addslashes ($_POST['List']); $Firstname = addslashes ($_POST['Firstname']); $Lastname = addslashes ($_POST['Lastname']); $Phone = addslashes ($_POST['Phone']); $Email= addslashes ($_POST['Email']); $Calltime = addslashes ($_POST['Calltime']); $Comment = addslashes ($_POST['Comment']); } else { $Id = $_POST['Id']; $Date = $_POST['Date']; $List = $_POST['List']; $Firstname = $_POST['Firstname']; $Lastname = $_POST['Lastname']; $Phone = $_POST['Phone']; $Email = $_POST['Email']; $Calltime = $_POST['Calltime']; $Comment = $_POST['Comment']; } $error = ''; //put chosen function here function validate_Firstname($input, $pattern = "/([A-Za-z0-9])") { return !preg_match($pattern, $input); } function validate_Phone($input, $pattern = "/([A-Za-z0-9])") { return !preg_match($pattern, $input); } function isValidEmail( $Email ){ return filter_var( $Email, FILTER_VALIDATE_EMAIL ); } //get values and validate each one as required $List = mysql_real_escape_string($_POST['List']); if(!$List){ $error .= "Please choose one<br />"; } $Firstname = mysql_real_escape_string($_POST['Firstname']); if(!$Firstname){ $error .= "First name is required<br />"; } //get values and validate each one as required $Lastname = mysql_real_escape_string($_POST['Lastname']); if(!$Lastname){ $error .= "Last name is required<br />"; } //repeat for each field $Email = mysql_real_escape_string($_POST['Email']); if(!isValidEmail($Email)){ $error .= "The email entered is invalid<br />"; } //and so on... if(!$error){ //add insert into database code here $sql = "INSERT INTO contacts ". "(`Id`,`Date`,`List`,`Firstname`,`Lastname`,`Phone`,`Email`,`Calltime`,`Comment`)". "VALUES'$Id,','$Date','$List','$Firstname','$Lastname','$Phone','$Email','$Calltime','$Comment') "; mysql_select_db('hmintcwa_contacts'); $retval = mysql_query( $sql, $conn ); if(! $retval ) { die('Could not enter data: ' . mysql_error()); } echo "Entered data successfully<br /><br /><a href=contactsadd.php><font color=#000000>Back</font></a>\n"; mysql_close($conn); } else { ?> <form method="post" action="<?php echo htmlspecialchars($_SERVER["PHP_SELF"]);?>" name="ContactForm"> <table bgcolor="#000000" width="500" cellpadding="5" cellspacing="1" border="0"> <input type="hidden" name="Id" id="Id"> <tr> <td bgcolor="#e9e9e9" align="right">Requested Info</td> <td bgcolor="#ffffff" align="left"><select name="List"> <option value="0" > Please Choose One </option> <option value="Market Analysis" > Market Analysis </option> <option value="Consultation" > Consultation </option></select></td></tr> <tr> <td bgcolor="#e9e9e9" align="right">Date</td> <input name="Date" type="hidden" id="Date" value="<? print(Date("l F d, Y")); ?>" /> <td bgcolor="#ffffff" align="left"><? print(Date("l F d, Y")); ?></td> </tr> <tr> <td bgcolor="#e9e9e9" align="right">Firstname</td> <td bgcolor="#ffffff" align="left"><input name="Firstname" type="text" size="20" id="Firstname"></td></tr> <tr> <td bgcolor="#e9e9e9" align="right">Lastname</td> <td bgcolor="#ffffff" align="left"><input type="text" name="Lastname" size="20" id="Lastname"></td> </tr> <tr> <td bgcolor="#e9e9e9" align="right">Phone</td> <td bgcolor="#ffffff" align="left"><input type="text" name="Phone" size="20" id="Phone"></td></tr> <tr> <td bgcolor="#e9e9e9" align="right">Email</td> <td bgcolor="#ffffff" align="left"><input type="text" name="Email" size="20" id="Email"></td></tr> <tr> <td bgcolor="#e9e9e9" align="right">Preferred Calltime</td> <td bgcolor="#ffffff" align="left"><input type="text" name="Calltime" size="20" id="Calltime"> &nbsp;&nbsp; If none put N/A</td></tr> <tr> <td bgcolor="#e9e9e9" align="right">Comment</td> <td bgcolor="#ffffff" align="left"><textarea name="Comment" cols="40" rows="8" id="Comment"></textarea></td></tr> <tr> <td bgcolor="#e9e9e9" align="right">&nbsp;</td> <td bgcolor="#ffffff" align="center"><br> <input name="add" type="submit" id="add" value="Add Contact"><input type="reset" name="Reset" value="Clear Form"><input type=button value="Cancel" onClick="history.go(-1)"><br>&nbsp; </td> </tr> </table> </form> <br>&nbsp;</center> <?php } ?> </body> </html> So far I just keep chasing error message. Please forgive formatting I am trying to learn be gentle.

    Read the article

  • Localhost not working after installing PHP on Mountain Lion

    - by zen
    I've installed php using brew install php54 --with-mysql, I've set up all the path correctly. which php will give me /usr/local/bin/php php -v will give me PHP 5.4.8 (cli) (built: Nov 20 2012 09:29:31) php --ini will give me: Configuration File (php.ini) Path: /usr/local/etc/php/5.4 Loaded Configuration File: /usr/local/etc/php/5.4/php.ini Scan for additional .ini files in: /usr/local/etc/php/5.4/conf.d Additional .ini files parsed: (none) apachectl -V | grep httpd.conf will give me -D SERVER_CONFIG_FILE="/private/etc/apache2/httpd.conf" I believe everything is correct, but after I restarted my apache I keep getting error Service Temporarily Unavailable The server is temporarily unable to service your request due to maintenance downtime or capacity problems. Please try again later. This is my httpd.conf file: # # This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2> for detailed information. # In particular, see # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/directives.html> # for a discussion of each configuration directive. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "log/foo_log" # with ServerRoot set to "/usr" will be interpreted by the # server as "/usr/log/foo_log". # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path. If you point # ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to point the LockFile directive # at a local disk. If you wish to share the same ServerRoot for multiple # httpd daemons, you will need to change at least LockFile and PidFile. # ServerRoot "/usr" # # Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or # ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost> # directive. # # Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to # prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses. # #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 127.0.0.1:80 # # Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support # # To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you # have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the # directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used. # Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need # to be loaded here. # # Example: # LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so # LoadModule authn_file_module libexec/apache2/mod_authn_file.so LoadModule authn_dbm_module libexec/apache2/mod_authn_dbm.so LoadModule authn_anon_module libexec/apache2/mod_authn_anon.so LoadModule authn_dbd_module libexec/apache2/mod_authn_dbd.so LoadModule authn_default_module libexec/apache2/mod_authn_default.so LoadModule authz_host_module libexec/apache2/mod_authz_host.so LoadModule authz_groupfile_module libexec/apache2/mod_authz_groupfile.so LoadModule authz_user_module libexec/apache2/mod_authz_user.so LoadModule authz_dbm_module libexec/apache2/mod_authz_dbm.so LoadModule authz_owner_module libexec/apache2/mod_authz_owner.so LoadModule authz_default_module libexec/apache2/mod_authz_default.so LoadModule auth_basic_module libexec/apache2/mod_auth_basic.so LoadModule auth_digest_module libexec/apache2/mod_auth_digest.so LoadModule cache_module libexec/apache2/mod_cache.so LoadModule disk_cache_module libexec/apache2/mod_disk_cache.so LoadModule mem_cache_module libexec/apache2/mod_mem_cache.so LoadModule dbd_module libexec/apache2/mod_dbd.so LoadModule dumpio_module libexec/apache2/mod_dumpio.so LoadModule reqtimeout_module libexec/apache2/mod_reqtimeout.so LoadModule ext_filter_module libexec/apache2/mod_ext_filter.so LoadModule include_module libexec/apache2/mod_include.so LoadModule filter_module libexec/apache2/mod_filter.so LoadModule substitute_module libexec/apache2/mod_substitute.so LoadModule deflate_module libexec/apache2/mod_deflate.so LoadModule log_config_module libexec/apache2/mod_log_config.so LoadModule log_forensic_module libexec/apache2/mod_log_forensic.so LoadModule logio_module libexec/apache2/mod_logio.so LoadModule env_module libexec/apache2/mod_env.so LoadModule mime_magic_module libexec/apache2/mod_mime_magic.so LoadModule cern_meta_module libexec/apache2/mod_cern_meta.so LoadModule expires_module libexec/apache2/mod_expires.so LoadModule headers_module libexec/apache2/mod_headers.so LoadModule ident_module libexec/apache2/mod_ident.so LoadModule usertrack_module libexec/apache2/mod_usertrack.so #LoadModule unique_id_module libexec/apache2/mod_unique_id.so LoadModule setenvif_module libexec/apache2/mod_setenvif.so LoadModule version_module libexec/apache2/mod_version.so LoadModule proxy_module libexec/apache2/mod_proxy.so LoadModule proxy_connect_module libexec/apache2/mod_proxy_connect.so LoadModule proxy_ftp_module libexec/apache2/mod_proxy_ftp.so LoadModule proxy_http_module libexec/apache2/mod_proxy_http.so LoadModule proxy_scgi_module libexec/apache2/mod_proxy_scgi.so LoadModule proxy_ajp_module libexec/apache2/mod_proxy_ajp.so LoadModule proxy_balancer_module libexec/apache2/mod_proxy_balancer.so LoadModule ssl_module libexec/apache2/mod_ssl.so LoadModule mime_module libexec/apache2/mod_mime.so LoadModule dav_module libexec/apache2/mod_dav.so LoadModule status_module libexec/apache2/mod_status.so LoadModule autoindex_module libexec/apache2/mod_autoindex.so LoadModule asis_module libexec/apache2/mod_asis.so LoadModule info_module libexec/apache2/mod_info.so LoadModule cgi_module libexec/apache2/mod_cgi.so LoadModule dav_fs_module libexec/apache2/mod_dav_fs.so LoadModule vhost_alias_module libexec/apache2/mod_vhost_alias.so LoadModule negotiation_module libexec/apache2/mod_negotiation.so LoadModule dir_module libexec/apache2/mod_dir.so LoadModule imagemap_module libexec/apache2/mod_imagemap.so LoadModule actions_module libexec/apache2/mod_actions.so LoadModule speling_module libexec/apache2/mod_speling.so LoadModule userdir_module libexec/apache2/mod_userdir.so LoadModule alias_module libexec/apache2/mod_alias.so LoadModule rewrite_module libexec/apache2/mod_rewrite.so #LoadModule perl_module libexec/apache2/mod_perl.so LoadModule php5_module local/Cellar/php54/5.4.8/libexec/apache2/libphp5.so #LoadModule hfs_apple_module libexec/apache2/mod_hfs_apple.so <IfModule !mpm_netware_module> <IfModule !mpm_winnt_module> # # If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run # httpd as root initially and it will switch. # # User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as. # It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for # running httpd, as with most system services. # User _www Group _www </IfModule> </IfModule> # 'Main' server configuration # # The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main' # server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a # <VirtualHost> definition. These values also provide defaults for # any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file. # # All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers, # in which case these default settings will be overridden for the # virtual host being defined. # # # ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be # e-mailed. This address appears on some server-generated pages, such # as error documents. e.g. [email protected] # ServerAdmin [email protected] # # ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself. # This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify # it explicitly to prevent problems during startup. # # If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here. # #ServerName www.example.com:80 # # DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your # documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but # symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations. # DocumentRoot "/Library/WebServer/Documents" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Deny from all </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "/Library/WebServer/Documents"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks MultiViews # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride None # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # <IfModule dir_module> DirectoryIndex index.html </IfModule> # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <FilesMatch "^\.([Hh][Tt]|[Dd][Ss]_[Ss])"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </FilesMatch> # # Apple specific filesystem protection. # <Files "rsrc"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </Files> <DirectoryMatch ".*\.\.namedfork"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </DirectoryMatch> # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog "/private/var/log/apache2/error_log" # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn <IfModule log_config_module> # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common <IfModule logio_module> # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio </IfModule> # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # CustomLog "/private/var/log/apache2/access_log" common # # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive. # #CustomLog "/private/var/log/apache2/access_log" combined </IfModule> <IfModule alias_module> # # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client # will make a new request for the document at its new location. # Example: # Redirect permanent /foo http://www.example.com/bar # # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot. # Example: # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path # # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. You will also likely # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to # the filesystem path. # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the # client. The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias # directives as to Alias. # ScriptAliasMatch ^/cgi-bin/((?!(?i:webobjects)).*$) "/Library/WebServer/CGI-Executables/$1" </IfModule> <IfModule cgid_module> # # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid. # #Scriptsock /private/var/run/cgisock </IfModule> # # "/Library/WebServer/CGI-Executables" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "/Library/WebServer/CGI-Executables"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DefaultType: the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain <IfModule mime_module> # # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from # filename extension to MIME-type. # TypesConfig /private/etc/apache2/mime.types # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi # For type maps (negotiated resources): #AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddType text/html .shtml #AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml </IfModule> # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # #MIMEMagicFile /private/etc/apache2/magic # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http://www.example.com/subscription_info.html # # # MaxRanges: Maximum number of Ranges in a request before # returning the entire resource, or one of the special # values 'default', 'none' or 'unlimited'. # Default setting is to accept 200 Ranges. #MaxRanges unlimited # # EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, # memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver # files. This usually improves server performance, but must # be turned off when serving from networked-mounted # filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise # broken on your system. # #EnableMMAP off #EnableSendfile off # 6894961 TraceEnable off # Supplemental configuration # # The configuration files in the /private/etc/apache2/extra/ directory can be # included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of # the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as # necessary. # Server-pool management (MPM specific) Include /private/etc/apache2/extra/httpd-mpm.conf # Multi-language error messages #Include /private/etc/apache2/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf # Fancy directory listings Include /private/etc/apache2/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf # Language settings Include /private/etc/apache2/extra/httpd-languages.conf # User home directories Include /private/etc/apache2/extra/httpd-userdir.conf # Real-time info on requests and configuration #Include /private/etc/apache2/extra/httpd-info.conf # Virtual hosts #Include /private/etc/apache2/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf # Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual Include /private/etc/apache2/extra/httpd-manual.conf # Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV) #Include /private/etc/apache2/extra/httpd-dav.conf # Various default settings #Include /private/etc/apache2/extra/httpd-default.conf # Secure (SSL/TLS) connections #Include /private/etc/apache2/extra/httpd-ssl.conf # # Note: The following must must be present to support # starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent # but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl. # <IfModule ssl_module> SSLRandomSeed startup builtin SSLRandomSeed connect builtin </IfModule> Include /private/etc/apache2/other/*.conf Please help me, I've spent 2 days trying to make it work. Btw error log keep saying [Tue Nov 20 10:47:40 2012] [error] proxy: HTTP: disabled connection for (localhost) and [Tue Nov 20 11:59:32 2012] [error] (61)Connection refused: proxy: HTTP: attempt to connect to [fe80::1]:20559 (localhost) failed

    Read the article

  • Setting up Mono/ASP.NET 4.0 on Apache2/Ubuntu: Virtual hosts?

    - by Dave
    I'm attempting to setup Mono/ASP.NET 4.0 on my Apache server (which is running on Ubuntu). Thus far, I've been following a few tutorials/scripts supplied here, and here. As of now: Apache 2.2 is installed (accessible via 'localhost') Mono 2.10.5 is installed However, I'm struggling to configure Apache correctly... apparently the Virtual Host setting isn't doing its job and invoking the mod_mono plugin, nor is it even pulling source from the proper directory. While the Virtual Host setting points to '\srv\www\localhost', it clearly is pulling content instead from 'var/www/', which I've found is the default DocumentRoot for virtual hosts. I can confirm: "/opt/mono-2.10/bin/mod-mono-server4" exists. Virtual hosts file is being read, since undoing the comment in the main httpd.conf changed the root directory from 'htdocs' to 'var/www/' The Mono installation is at least semi-capable of running ASP 4.0, as evidenced by running XSP, navigating to 0.0.0.0:8080/ and getting an ASP.NET style error page with "Mono ASP 4.0.x" at the bottom. Can anyone point out how to fix these configurations and get Mono linked up with Apache? Here are my configs and relevant information: /usr/local/apache2/conf/httpd.conf: # # This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2> for detailed information. # In particular, see # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/directives.html> # for a discussion of each configuration directive. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "logs/foo_log" # with ServerRoot set to "/usr/local/apache2" will be interpreted by the # server as "/usr/local/apache2/logs/foo_log". # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path. If you point # ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to point the LockFile directive # at a local disk. If you wish to share the same ServerRoot for multiple # httpd daemons, you will need to change at least LockFile and PidFile. # ServerRoot "/usr/local/apache2" # # Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or # ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost> # directive. # # Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to # prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses. # #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 # # Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support # # To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you # have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the # directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used. # Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need # to be loaded here. # # Example: # LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so # <IfModule !mpm_netware_module> <IfModule !mpm_winnt_module> # # If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run # httpd as root initially and it will switch. # # User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as. # It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for # running httpd, as with most system services. # User daemon Group daemon </IfModule> </IfModule> # 'Main' server configuration # # The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main' # server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a # <VirtualHost> definition. These values also provide defaults for # any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file. # # All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers, # in which case these default settings will be overridden for the # virtual host being defined. # # # ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be # e-mailed. This address appears on some server-generated pages, such # as error documents. e.g. [email protected] # ServerAdmin david@localhost # # ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself. # This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify # it explicitly to prevent problems during startup. # # If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here. # ServerName localhost:80 # # DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your # documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but # symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations. # DocumentRoot "/usr/local/apache2/htdocs" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Deny from all </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "/usr/local/apache2/htdocs"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride None # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # <IfModule dir_module> DirectoryIndex index.html </IfModule> # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <FilesMatch "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </FilesMatch> # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog "logs/error_log" # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn <IfModule log_config_module> # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common <IfModule logio_module> # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio </IfModule> # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # CustomLog "logs/access_log" common # # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive. # #CustomLog "logs/access_log" combined </IfModule> <IfModule alias_module> # # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client # will make a new request for the document at its new location. # Example: # Redirect permanent /foo http://www.example.com/bar # # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot. # Example: # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path # # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. You will also likely # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to # the filesystem path. # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the # client. The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias # directives as to Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "/usr/local/apache2/cgi-bin/" </IfModule> <IfModule cgid_module> # # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid. # #Scriptsock logs/cgisock </IfModule> # # "/usr/local/apache2/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "/usr/local/apache2/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DefaultType: the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain <IfModule mime_module> # # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from # filename extension to MIME-type. # TypesConfig conf/mime.types # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi # For type maps (negotiated resources): #AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddType text/html .shtml #AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml </IfModule> # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # #MIMEMagicFile conf/magic # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http://www.example.com/subscription_info.html # # # MaxRanges: Maximum number of Ranges in a request before # returning the entire resource, or 0 for unlimited # Default setting is to accept 200 Ranges #MaxRanges 0 # # EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, # memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver # files. This usually improves server performance, but must # be turned off when serving from networked-mounted # filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise # broken on your system. # #EnableMMAP off #EnableSendfile off # Supplemental configuration # # The configuration files in the conf/extra/ directory can be # included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of # the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as # necessary. # Server-pool management (MPM specific) #Include conf/extra/httpd-mpm.conf # Multi-language error messages #Include conf/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf # Fancy directory listings #Include conf/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf # Language settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-languages.conf # User home directories #Include conf/extra/httpd-userdir.conf # Real-time info on requests and configuration #Include conf/extra/httpd-info.conf # Virtual hosts Include conf/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf # Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual #Include conf/extra/httpd-manual.conf # Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV) #Include conf/extra/httpd-dav.conf # Various default settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-default.conf # Secure (SSL/TLS) connections #Include conf/extra/httpd-ssl.conf # # Note: The following must must be present to support # starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent # but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl. # <IfModule ssl_module> SSLRandomSeed startup builtin SSLRandomSeed connect builtin </IfModule> * /usr/local/apache2/conf/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf * # # Virtual Hosts # # If you want to maintain multiple domains/hostnames on your # machine you can setup VirtualHost containers for them. Most configurations # use only name-based virtual hosts so the server doesn't need to worry about # IP addresses. This is indicated by the asterisks in the directives below. # # Please see the documentation at # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/vhosts/> # for further details before you try to setup virtual hosts. # # You may use the command line option '-S' to verify your virtual host # configuration. # # Use name-based virtual hosting. # NameVirtualHost *:80 # # VirtualHost example: # Almost any Apache directive may go into a VirtualHost container. # The first VirtualHost section is used for all requests that do not # match a ServerName or ServerAlias in any <VirtualHost> block. # <VirtualHost *:80> ServerName localhost ServerAdmin david@localhost DocumentRoot "/srv/www/localhost" # MonoServerPath can be changed to specify which version of ASP.NET is hosted # mod-mono-server1 = ASP.NET 1.1 / mod-mono-server2 = ASP.NET 2.0 # For SUSE Linux Enterprise Mono Extension, uncomment the line below: # MonoServerPath localhost "/opt/novell/mono/bin/mod-mono-server2" # For Mono on openSUSE, uncomment the line below instead: MonoServerPath localhost "/opt/mono-2.10/bin/mod-mono-server4" # To obtain line numbers in stack traces you need to do two things: # 1) Enable Debug code generation in your page by using the Debug="true" # page directive, or by setting <compilation debug="true" /> in the # application's Web.config # 2) Uncomment the MonoDebug true directive below to enable mod_mono debugging MonoDebug localhost true # The MONO_IOMAP environment variable can be configured to provide platform abstraction # for file access in Linux. Valid values for MONO_IOMAP are: # case # drive # all # Uncomment the line below to alter file access behavior for the configured application MonoSetEnv localhost PATH=/opt/mono-2.10/bin:$PATH;LD_LIBRARY_PATH=/opt/mono-2.10/lib:$LD_LIBRARY_PATH; # # Additional environtment variables can be set for this server instance using # the MonoSetEnv directive. MonoSetEnv takes a string of 'name=value' pairs # separated by semicolons. For instance, to enable platform abstraction *and* # use Mono's old regular expression interpreter (which is slower, but has a # shorter setup time), uncomment the line below instead: # MonoSetEnv localhost MONO_IOMAP=all;MONO_OLD_RX=1 MonoApplications localhost "/:/srv/www/localhost" <Location "/"> Allow from all Order allow,deny MonoSetServerAlias localhost SetHandler mono SetOutputFilter DEFLATE SetEnvIfNoCase Request_URI "\.(?:gif|jpe?g|png)$" no-gzip dont-vary </Location> <IfModule mod_deflate.c> AddOutputFilterByType DEFLATE text/html text/plain text/xml text/javascript </IfModule> </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:80> ServerAdmin [email protected] DocumentRoot "/usr/local/apache2/docs/dummy-host.example.com" ServerName dummy-host.example.com ServerAlias www.dummy-host.example.com ErrorLog "logs/dummy-host.example.com-error_log" CustomLog "logs/dummy-host.example.com-access_log" common </VirtualHost> <VirtualHost *:80> ServerAdmin [email protected] DocumentRoot "/usr/local/apache2/docs/dummy-host2.example.com" ServerName dummy-host2.example.com ErrorLog "logs/dummy-host2.example.com-error_log" CustomLog "logs/dummy-host2.example.com-access_log" common </VirtualHost> mono -V output: root@david-ubuntu:~# mono -V Mono JIT compiler version 2.6.7 (Debian 2.6.7-5ubuntu3) Copyright (C) 2002-2010 Novell, Inc and Contributors. www.mono-project.com TLS: __thread GC: Included Boehm (with typed GC and Parallel Mark) SIGSEGV: altstack Notifications: epoll Architecture: amd64 Disabled: none

    Read the article

  • htaccess rewriterule works in one virtualhost, but not a second virtualhost

    - by Casey Flynn
    I have two virtualhosts configured with xampp on mac os x snow lion. Both use the following .htaccess file. <IfModule mod_rewrite.c> RewriteEngine On RewriteBase / # Protect hidden files from being viewed <Files .*> Order Deny,Allow Deny From All </Files> #Removes access to the system folder by users. #Additionally this will allow you to create a System.php controller, #previously this would not have been possible. #'system' can be replaced if you have renamed your system folder. RewriteCond %{REQUEST_URI} ^system.* RewriteRule ^(.*)$ /index.php?/$1 [L] #When your application folder isn't in the system folder #This snippet prevents user access to the application folder #Submitted by: Fabdrol #Rename 'application' to your applications folder name. RewriteCond %{REQUEST_URI} ^application.* RewriteRule ^(.*)$ /index.php?/$1 [L] #Checks to see if the user is attempting to access a valid file, #such as an image or css document, if this isn't true it sends the #request to index.php RewriteCond %{REQUEST_FILENAME} !-f RewriteCond %{REQUEST_FILENAME} !-d RewriteRule ^(.*)$ index.php/$01 [L] # If we don't have mod_rewrite installed, all 404's # can be sent to index.php, and everything works as normal. # Submitted by: ElliotHaughin ErrorDocument 404 /index.php My goal is to eliminate /index.php/ from my url strings. This htaccess works perfectly for one project, but not for the other (project/vhost) This is my vhosts.conf # # This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2> for detailed information. # In particular, see # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/directives.html> # for a discussion of each configuration directive. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "logs/foo.log" # with ServerRoot set to "/Applications/xampp/xamppfiles" will be interpreted by the # server as "/Applications/xampp/xamppfiles/logs/foo.log". # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path. If you point # ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to point the LockFile directive # at a local disk. If you wish to share the same ServerRoot for multiple # httpd daemons, you will need to change at least LockFile and PidFile. # ServerRoot "/Applications/XAMPP/xamppfiles" # # Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or # ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost> # directive. # # Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to # prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses. # #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 # # Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support # # To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you # have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the # directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used. # Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need # to be loaded here. # # Example: # LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so # LoadModule authn_file_module modules/mod_authn_file.so LoadModule authn_dbm_module modules/mod_authn_dbm.so LoadModule authn_anon_module modules/mod_authn_anon.so LoadModule authn_dbd_module modules/mod_authn_dbd.so LoadModule authn_default_module modules/mod_authn_default.so LoadModule authz_host_module modules/mod_authz_host.so LoadModule authz_groupfile_module modules/mod_authz_groupfile.so LoadModule authz_user_module modules/mod_authz_user.so LoadModule authz_dbm_module modules/mod_authz_dbm.so LoadModule authz_owner_module modules/mod_authz_owner.so LoadModule authnz_ldap_module modules/mod_authnz_ldap.so LoadModule authz_default_module modules/mod_authz_default.so LoadModule auth_basic_module modules/mod_auth_basic.so LoadModule auth_digest_module modules/mod_auth_digest.so LoadModule file_cache_module modules/mod_file_cache.so LoadModule cache_module modules/mod_cache.so LoadModule disk_cache_module modules/mod_disk_cache.so LoadModule mem_cache_module modules/mod_mem_cache.so LoadModule dbd_module modules/mod_dbd.so LoadModule bucketeer_module modules/mod_bucketeer.so LoadModule dumpio_module modules/mod_dumpio.so LoadModule echo_module modules/mod_echo.so LoadModule case_filter_module modules/mod_case_filter.so LoadModule case_filter_in_module modules/mod_case_filter_in.so LoadModule ext_filter_module modules/mod_ext_filter.so LoadModule include_module modules/mod_include.so LoadModule filter_module modules/mod_filter.so LoadModule charset_lite_module modules/mod_charset_lite.so LoadModule deflate_module modules/mod_deflate.so LoadModule ldap_module modules/mod_ldap.so LoadModule log_config_module modules/mod_log_config.so LoadModule logio_module modules/mod_logio.so LoadModule env_module modules/mod_env.so LoadModule mime_magic_module modules/mod_mime_magic.so LoadModule cern_meta_module modules/mod_cern_meta.so LoadModule expires_module modules/mod_expires.so LoadModule headers_module modules/mod_headers.so LoadModule ident_module modules/mod_ident.so LoadModule usertrack_module modules/mod_usertrack.so LoadModule unique_id_module modules/mod_unique_id.so LoadModule setenvif_module modules/mod_setenvif.so LoadModule proxy_module modules/mod_proxy.so LoadModule proxy_connect_module modules/mod_proxy_connect.so LoadModule proxy_ftp_module modules/mod_proxy_ftp.so LoadModule proxy_http_module modules/mod_proxy_http.so LoadModule proxy_ajp_module modules/mod_proxy_ajp.so LoadModule proxy_balancer_module modules/mod_proxy_balancer.so LoadModule mime_module modules/mod_mime.so LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so LoadModule status_module modules/mod_status.so LoadModule autoindex_module modules/mod_autoindex.so LoadModule asis_module modules/mod_asis.so LoadModule info_module modules/mod_info.so LoadModule suexec_module modules/mod_suexec.so LoadModule cgi_module modules/mod_cgi.so LoadModule cgid_module modules/mod_cgid.so LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so LoadModule vhost_alias_module modules/mod_vhost_alias.so LoadModule negotiation_module modules/mod_negotiation.so LoadModule dir_module modules/mod_dir.so LoadModule imagemap_module modules/mod_imagemap.so LoadModule actions_module modules/mod_actions.so LoadModule speling_module modules/mod_speling.so LoadModule userdir_module modules/mod_userdir.so LoadModule alias_module modules/mod_alias.so LoadModule rewrite_module modules/mod_rewrite.so #LoadModule apreq_module modules/mod_apreq2.so LoadModule ssl_module modules/mod_ssl.so <IfDefine JUSTTOMAKEAPXSHAPPY> LoadModule php4_module modules/libphp4.so LoadModule php5_module modules/libphp5.so </IfDefine> <IfModule !mpm_winnt_module> <IfModule !mpm_netware_module> # # If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run # httpd as root initially and it will switch. # # User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as. # It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for # running httpd, as with most system services. # User nobody Group nogroup </IfModule> </IfModule> # 'Main' server configuration # # The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main' # server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a # <VirtualHost> definition. These values also provide defaults for # any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file. # # All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers, # in which case these default settings will be overridden for the # virtual host being defined. # # # ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be # e-mailed. This address appears on some server-generated pages, such # as error documents. e.g. [email protected] # ServerAdmin [email protected] # # ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself. # This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify # it explicitly to prevent problems during startup. # # If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here. # #ServerName www.example.com:80 # XAMPP ServerName localhost # # DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your # documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but # symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations. # DocumentRoot "/Users/caseyflynn/Documents/workspace/vibecompass" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None #XAMPP #Order deny,allow #Deny from all </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "/Users/caseyflynn/Documents/workspace/vibecompass"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks ExecCGI Includes # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride All # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # <IfModule dir_module> DirectoryIndex index.html index.php index.htmls index.htm </IfModule> # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <FilesMatch "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all </FilesMatch> # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog logs/error_log # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn <IfModule log_config_module> # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common <IfModule logio_module> # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio </IfModule> # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # CustomLog logs/access_log common # # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive. # #CustomLog logs/access_log combined </IfModule> <IfModule alias_module> # # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client # will make a new request for the document at its new location. # Example: # Redirect permanent /foo http://www.example.com/bar # # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot. # Example: # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path # # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. You will also likely # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to # the filesystem path. # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the # client. The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias # directives as to Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "/Applications/XAMPP/xamppfiles/cgi-bin/" </IfModule> <IfModule cgid_module> # # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid. # #Scriptsock logs/cgisock </IfModule> # # "/Applications/xampp/xamppfiles/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "/Applications/XAMPP/xamppfiles/phpmyadmin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DefaultType: the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain <IfModule mime_module> # # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from # filename extension to MIME-type. # TypesConfig etc/mime.types # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi AddHandler cgi-script .cgi .pl # For files that include their own HTTP headers: #AddHandler send-as-is asis # For server-parsed imagemap files: #AddHandler imap-file map # For type maps (negotiated resources): #AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # AddType text/html .shtml AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml </IfModule> # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # #MIMEMagicFile etc/magic # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http://www.example.com/subscription_info.html # # # EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, # memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver # files. This usually improves server performance, but must # be turned off when serving from networked-mounted # filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise # broken on your system. # EnableMMAP off EnableSendfile off # Supplemental configuration # # The configuration files in the /Applications/xampp/etc/extra/ directory can be # included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of # the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as # necessary. # Server-pool management (MPM specific) #Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-mpm.conf # Multi-language error messages Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf # Fancy directory listings #Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf # Language settings #Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-languages.conf # User home directories Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-userdir.conf # Real-time info on requests and configuration #Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-info.conf # Virtual hosts Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf # Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual #Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-manual.conf # Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV) #Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-dav.conf # Various default settings #Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-default.conf # Secure (SSL/TLS) connections Include /Applications/XAMPP/etc/extra/httpd-ssl.conf <IfModule ssl_module> <IfDefine SSL> Include etc/extra/httpd-ssl.conf </IfDefine> </IfModule> # # Note: The following must must be present to support # starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent # but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl. # <IfModule ssl_module> SSLRandomSeed startup builtin SSLRandomSeed connect builtin </IfModule> #XAMPP Include etc/extra/httpd-xampp.conf Any idea what might be the root of this? ANSWER: had to add this to my httpd.conf file <Directory /Users/caseyflynn/Documents/workspace/cobar> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride all #XAMPP Order deny,allow Allow from all </Directory>

    Read the article

  • How to reinstall OEM Windows 98 SE?

    - by Sammy
    I'm trying to install Windows 98 SE on an old PC and it's not going well. I run into this problem. Searching for Boot Record from Floppy..OK Starting Windows 98... TOSHIBA Enhanced-IDE CD/DVD-ROM Device Driver (ATAPI) Version 2.24 (C)Copyright Toshiba Corp. 1995-1999. All rights reserved. Device Name : TOSCD001 Number of units : 1 MSCDEX Version 2.25 Copyright (C) MIcrosoft Corp. 1986-1995. All rights reserved. Drive Z: = Driver TOSCD001 unit 0 TOSHIBA MACHINE Invalid drive specification Path not found - C:\TOOLS\CDROMDRV.SYS Invalid drive specification Invalid drive specification After that last line, it leaves me at a bitmap image displaying instructions to reboot with Ctrl+Alt+Del. It doesn't say why I have to reboot, and it doesn't state any error type, it just want's me to reboot for no apparent reason. After reboot, it just boots up from Floppy again and it cycles through the same thing all over again. The computer has been restored to original specification. Original system recovery "CD-ROM" discs are available and they are not scratched or anything, they are in very good condition. It's a set of 3 CDs, and the first disc labeled "1/3" should be the one holding the OEM version of Windows 98 SE. There is also a boot disk for Windows 98. I'm not sure what the other two discs are for. This computer came with three language support, so those could be holding different language versions or additional OEM discs. But I'm quite sure that the first disc holds the main operating system. BIOS has been set to optimized defaults. Boot priority is as follows; Floppy, IDE-0, CD-ROM. Under Standard CMOS settings, BIOS scans and autoconfigures both the hard drive and the CD/DVD drive. On POST it finds them both, and it finds the DOS bootdisk and starts preparing for installation, as you can see above. So what's this "invalid drive specification" about? Why isn't the installation starting? Updates Update 1 Booting from CD disc 2 In desperation I tried booting from the second CD. Boot order was; Floppy, CD-ROM, IDE-0. It boots normally from floppy disk, just like above, but then returns following. File not found - Z:\3LNGINST\TOOLS\PARTINFO.TXT I accidentally pressed some key on the keyboard, and before I knew it, the following screen showed up. Create Primary DOS Partition Current fixed disk drive: 1 Verifying drive integrity, 16% complete. After completion another screen showed up. Create Primary DOS Partition Current fixed disk drive: 1 Do you wish to use the maximum available size for a Primary DOS Partition and make the partition active (Y/N)?....................? [Y] Verifying drive integrity, 7% complete. I didn't choose Yes, it was set automatically. After completion the computer was automatically rebooted. Then I got a new screen. This is in Norwegian/Swedish/Finnish. Here's the message in Swedish. Hårddisken är inte klar för återställning av programvara. Installationsprogrammet måste skapa nya partitioner (C:, D:, ...). VARNING! ALLT INNEHÅLL PÅ HÅRDDISKEN KOMMER ATT RADERAS! Tryck på en tangent om du vill fortsätta (eller CTRL-C för att avbryta). Let me translate that. Hard drive is not ready for restoring the software. Setup program has to create new partitions (C:, D:, ...). WARNING! ALL CONTENTS ON THE HARD DRIVE WILL BE ERASED! Press any key to continue (or CTRL-C to cancel). I pressed Enter and it started formatting the hard drive. WARNING, ALL DATA ON NON-REMOVABLE DISK DRIVE c: WILL BE LOST! Proceed with Format (Y/N)?y Formatting 14,67.53M 1 percent completed. It automatically sets the "y" option and starts formatting. Rebooting with CD disc 1 After completing this operation it rebooted automatically. I inserted CD disc 1 and there was no issue with "invalid drive specification" anymore. Instead, a bitmap menu was displayed where it asked me to choose a language. And I thought I had it there for a while but it didn't work out. After choosing the language, another menu was displayed asking me to choose a type of recovery (restore pre-installed software OR restore hard drive partitions and pre-installed software). I opted for the second option. Then a data destruction warning showed up where I just pressed 1 to Continue. It did something and then just rebooted and the same formatting screen shows up as before. So something is not right. Am I doing it wrong? I seem to have come past the CD-ROM driver issue at least. But now I'm stuck with this problem... it seems to have something to do with the hard drive. Like... why is is it always trying to format it? Isn't it enough to format it once? By the way, it needs to be formatted as FAT32, right? Windows 98 doesn't support NTFS? I think FDISK should have taken care of this already. I know this is an old hard drive, but I connected to my main computer and it was able to read and write to it without a problem. It does have bad sectors though, but it's expected on an old hard drive like this. Any ideas?.. Update 2 I seem to be repeatedly getting stuck at the format screen where it asks to press any key to continue. So tried to cancel it this time with Ctrl+C. This leaves me at: A:\TOOLS> I can do DIR and CD and I tried to change to Z: drive. I tried running "setup" but there is no such thing. Z:\>setup Bad command or file name Update 3 Floppy structure Here's the file/folder structure of the floppy disk. A:\>dir /s Volume in drive A has no label. Volume Serial Number is 1700-1069 Directory of A:\ 1999-10-11 10:44 <DIR> BMP 1998-05-11 22:01 93 880 COMMAND.COM 1999-10-11 10:44 <DIR> factory 1999-10-11 10:44 <DIR> lang 1999-10-11 10:44 <DIR> TOOLS 2000-05-19 15:32 339 CONFIG.SYS 1999-10-26 13:38 0 BOOTLOG.TXT 2000-06-08 08:32 3 691 AUTOEXEC.BAT 4 File(s) 97 910 bytes Directory of A:\BMP 1999-10-11 10:44 <DIR> . 1999-10-11 10:44 <DIR> .. 0 File(s) 0 bytes Directory of A:\factory 1999-10-11 10:44 <DIR> . 1999-10-11 10:44 <DIR> .. 2000-06-08 13:09 2 662 3LNGINSF.BAT 1 File(s) 2 662 bytes Directory of A:\lang 1999-10-11 10:44 <DIR> . 1999-10-11 10:44 <DIR> .. 1998-11-24 08:02 49 575 FORMAT.COM 1998-11-24 08:02 63 900 FDISK.EXE 2 File(s) 113 475 bytes Directory of A:\TOOLS 1999-10-11 10:44 <DIR> . 1999-10-11 10:44 <DIR> .. 1998-05-06 22:01 49 575 FORMAT.COM 1995-10-27 20:29 28 164 BMPVIEW.EXE 1999-01-26 15:54 15 MAKEPA32.TXT 1998-05-06 22:01 3 878 XCOPY.EXE 1998-05-06 22:01 41 472 XCOPY32.MOD 1998-05-06 22:01 33 191 HIMEM.SYS 1998-05-06 22:01 125 495 EMM386.EXE 1998-05-06 22:01 18 967 SYS.COM 1996-01-31 21:55 18 CLK.COM 1994-04-02 08:20 22 HARDBOOT.COM 1999-02-03 15:46 15 MAKEPA16.TXT 1999-04-14 16:36 7 840 PARTFO32.EXE 2000-05-19 15:01 1 169 PARTFORM.BAT 1996-10-02 01:47 1 642 MBRCLR.COM 1999-07-01 11:58 8 175 BIOSCHKN.EXE 1998-06-23 08:55 5 904 PAR-TYPE.EXE 1998-11-24 08:02 29 271 MODE.COM 1998-11-24 08:02 15 252 ATTRIB.EXE 1998-11-24 08:02 19 083 DELTREE.EXE 1999-04-21 15:01 23 304 NTBB.EXE 1997-05-07 14:19 1 SYS.TXT 1999-07-01 12:23 61 566 F3DCHK.EXE 1998-05-11 20:01 34 566 KEYBOARD.SYS 1998-05-11 20:01 19 927 KEYB.COM 1999-10-26 14:31 910 partinfo.txt 1998-06-16 15:58 5 936 CHKDRVAC.EXE 1998-05-06 22:01 63 900 FDISK.EXE 1998-05-06 22:01 45 379 SMARTDRV.EXE 1992-12-03 19:48 10 695 SCISET.EXE 1997-06-25 15:49 6 YENT 1998-05-06 22:01 25 473 MSCDEX.EXE 1998-05-06 22:01 5 239 CHOICE.COM 1997-07-18 17:41 6 876 MBR.COM 1997-07-01 15:01 6 545 CHK2GB.COM 1998-06-10 20:04 8 128 PARTFORM.EXE 1990-01-04 02:09 19 MAKEPAR2.TXT 1990-01-04 01:00 27 MAKEPAR3.TXT 1990-01-04 01:00 27 MAKEPAR4.TXT 1998-02-13 13:47 15 MAKEPART.TXT 1999-04-14 13:47 5 200 DISKSIZE.EXE 1999-05-06 14:56 7 856 PARTFO16.EXE 1999-01-13 11:13 13 720 CDROMDRV.SYS 42 File(s) 734 463 bytes Total Files Listed: 49 File(s) 948 510 bytes 12 Dir(s) 268 800 bytes free A:\> CONFIG.SYS contents Here's the content of CONFIG.SYS. DEVICE=A:\TOOLS\HIMEM.SYS /TESTMEM:OFF REM I=B000-B7ff for Desktop BIOSes rem DEVICE=A:\TOOLS\EMM386.EXE NOEMS I=B000-B7ff x=C000-D000 DEVICE=A:\TOOLS\EMM386.EXE NOEMS x=C000-D000 DEVICE=A:\TOOLS\CDROMDRV.SYS /D:TOSCD001 BUFFERS=10 FILES=69 DOS=HIGH,UMB STACKS=9,256 LASTDRIVE=Z SWITCHES=/F SHELL=A:\COMMAND.COM /P /E:2048 AUTOEXEC.BAT contents :BEGIN @ECHO OFF PATH=A:\;A:\TOOLS; MSCDEX /D:TOSCD001 /L:Z /M:10 smartdrv 1024 128 SET TOOLS=A:\TOOLS SET COMSPEC=A:\COMMAND.COM SET EXITDRIVE=C: SET EXITPATH=\ CALL Z:\SETENV.BAT > NUL :TOSHCHK BIOSChkN IF NOT ERRORLEVEL 1 goto C_ACCESS BMPVIEW Z:\3LNGINST\BMP\NO_TOSP3.bmp /X=120 /Y=80 PAUSE > NUL SET EXITDRIVE=A: GOTO END :C_ACCESS CALL PARTFORM.BAT :C_EMPTY IF EXIST C:\*.* GOTO C_NOTEMPTY call z:\setenv.bat>nul goto PREPDU :C_NOTEMPTY REM ------------------MENU------------------------ :STARTMENU CLS BMPVIEW Z:\3LNGINST\BMP\LANGSELC.BMP /X=120 /Y=120 CLK CHOICE /C:123 /N >NUL REM L is the language that is selected IF ERRORLEVEL 1 SET L=%LNG1% IF ERRORLEVEL 2 SET L=%LNG2% IF ERRORLEVEL 3 SET L=%LNG3% SET BMP=BMP%L% BMPVIEW Z:\3LNGINST\%bmp%\HDDMENU.BMP /X=72 /Y=82 CLK CHOICE /C:129F /N > NUL IF ERRORLEVEL 4 GOTO FACTORY_MENU IF ERRORLEVEL 3 GOTO EXIT_MENU IF ERRORLEVEL 2 GOTO PARTFORM_MENU IF ERRORLEVEL 1 GOTO FORMAT_MENU GOTO END :FACTORY_MENU BMPVIEW Z:\3LNGINST\%bmp%\qformat.bmp /X=120 /Y=140 CLK choice /c:12 /N >nul IF ERRORLEVEL 2 GOTO STARTMENU IF ERRORLEVEL 1 GOTO FORMATF GOTO END :EXIT_MENU BMPVIEW Z:\3LNGINST\%bmp%\9.bmp /XC /X=96 /Y=267 choice /C:1pause /T:1,01 >nul SET EXITDRIVE=A: SET EXITPATH=\lang cls mode mono rem keyb xx>nul cls GOTO END :PARTFORM_MENU BMPVIEW Z:\3LNGINST\%bmp%\2.bmp /XC /X=96 /Y=216 choice /C:1pause /T:1,01 >nul BMPVIEW Z:\3LNGINST\%bmp%\partform.bmp /X=120 /Y=140 CLK choice /c:12 /N >nul IF ERRORLEVEL 2 GOTO STARTMENU IF ERRORLEVEL 1 GOTO PART_FORM SET EXITDRIVE=A: GOTO END :FORMAT_MENU BMPVIEW Z:\3LNGINST\%bmp%\1.bmp /XC /X=96 /Y=165 choice /C:1pause /T:1,01 >nul BMPVIEW Z:\3LNGINST\%bmp%\qformat.bmp /X=120 /Y=140 CLK choice /c:12 /N >nul IF ERRORLEVEL 2 GOTO STARTMENU IF ERRORLEVEL 1 GOTO FORMAT SET EXITDRIVE=A: GOTO END REM ------------------ MENU END ------------------------ :FORMAT bmpview Z:\3LNGINST\%bmp%\1.bmp /XC /X=145 /Y=235 choice /C:1pause /T:1,01 >nul CLS IF (%QFORMAT%)==(NO) GOTO FULLFO FORMAT C: /Q /V:"" <A:\TOOLS\YENT >NUL call z:\setenv.bat>nul goto PREPDU :FULLFO FORMAT C: /V:"" <A:\TOOLS\YENT call z:\setenv.bat>nul goto PREPDU :FORMATF CLS IF (%QFORMAT%)==(NO) GOTO FULLFO_F FORMAT C: /Q /V:"" <A:\TOOLS\YENT >NUL call z:\setenv.bat>nul goto PREPDU_F :FULLFO_F FORMAT C: /V:"" <A:\TOOLS\YENT call z:\setenv.bat>nul goto PREPDU_F :PART_FORM bmpview Z:\3LNGINST\bmp\1.bmp /XC /X=145 /Y=235 choice /C:1pause /T:1,01 >nul MBR /! HARDBOOT REM ====================== Triple Select ====================== :PREPDU XCOPY z:\3LNGINST\*.* C:\*.* /E /S /V >NUL ATTRIB -H -R -S C:\TOOLS\CDROMDRV.SYS COPY A:\TOOLS\CDROMDRV.SYS C:\TOOLS /Y SYS C: >NUL goto REBOOT :PREPDU_F copy A:\TOOLS\SMARTDRV.EXE C:\ /Y ATTRIB -H -R -S C:\SMARTDRV.EXE copy A:\FACTORY\3LNGINSF.bat c:\ c:\3LNGINSF.bat cls REM ====================== Dual Select END ====================== REM --------------- END ------------------ :REBOOT SMARTDRV.EXE /C bmpview Z:\3LNGINST\BMP\reboot3.bmp /X=120 /Y=140 :FOREVER pause >nul goto FOREVER :END SMARTDRV.EXE /C %EXITDRIVE% cd %EXITPATH% echo on CD structure S:\>dir /s Volume in drive S is T3ELK4SC Volume Serial Number is 2042-5BC9 Directory of S:\ 2000-08-22 14:14 <DIR> 3LNGINSF 2000-08-22 14:14 <DIR> 3LNGINST 2000-06-15 15:57 <DIR> CRC 2000-06-15 12:04 387 667 767 T310C1NO.W98 2000-09-07 15:36 273 setenv.BAT 2 File(s) 387 668 040 bytes Directory of S:\3LNGINSF 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> . 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> .. 1999-10-27 10:51 1 806 AUTOEXEC.BAT 2000-08-22 14:14 <DIR> BMP 2000-05-19 15:29 265 CONFIG.SYS 2000-08-22 14:14 <DIR> POSTINST 2000-08-22 14:14 <DIR> TOOLS 2000-08-22 14:14 <DIR> WIN98SYS 2 File(s) 2 071 bytes Directory of S:\3LNGINSF\BMP 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> . 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> .. 1997-04-22 09:43 718 1.BMP 1997-04-22 09:44 718 2.BMP 1999-01-04 02:38 718 3.BMP 2000-07-05 11:22 60 118 Cdchg2.bmp 2000-07-05 11:22 60 118 Cdchg3.bmp 2000-07-05 13:37 60 118 Fin.bmp 2000-07-06 14:18 120 118 Menu.bmp 2000-07-05 13:34 60 118 Nor.bmp 2000-07-05 11:53 35 318 Progress.bmp 2000-07-05 13:40 60 118 Swe.bmp 2000-07-05 12:09 84 118 Wrongcd2.bmp 2000-07-05 12:09 84 118 Wrongcd3.bmp 12 File(s) 626 416 bytes Directory of S:\3LNGINSF\POSTINST 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> . 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> .. 2000-05-19 09:15 33 POSTINST.BAT 1 File(s) 33 bytes Directory of S:\3LNGINSF\TOOLS 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> . 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> .. 2000-07-06 14:49 3 593 3LNGINST.BAT 1998-11-24 08:02 15 252 ATTRIB.EXE 1995-10-27 18:29 28 164 BMPVIEW.EXE 1999-01-13 11:13 13 720 CDROMDRV.SYS 1998-05-06 20:01 5 239 CHOICE.COM 1996-01-31 19:55 18 CLK.COM 1998-11-24 08:02 19 083 DELTREE.EXE 1998-05-06 20:01 125 495 EMM386.EXE 1999-07-01 12:23 61 566 F3DCHK.EXE 1998-05-06 20:01 49 575 FORMAT.COM 1994-04-02 06:20 22 HARDBOOT.COM 1998-05-06 20:01 33 191 HIMEM.SYS 1998-05-06 20:01 25 473 MSCDEX.EXE 1998-05-06 20:01 12 663 RAMDRIVE.SYS 1998-05-06 20:01 45 379 SMARTDRV.EXE 1997-05-07 14:19 1 SYS.TXT 1995-09-27 14:25 6 813 VOLCHECK.EXE 1998-05-06 20:01 3 878 XCOPY.EXE 1998-05-06 20:01 41 472 XCOPY32.MOD 1997-06-25 13:49 6 YENT 20 File(s) 490 603 bytes Directory of S:\3LNGINSF\WIN98SYS 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> . 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> .. 1998-12-04 20:00 222 390 IO.SYS 1998-05-06 20:01 18 967 SYS.COM 1998-05-06 20:01 93 880 command.com 3 File(s) 335 237 bytes Directory of S:\3LNGINST 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> . 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> .. 1999-05-31 09:51 1 576 AUTOEXEC.BAT 2000-08-22 14:14 <DIR> BMP 2000-08-22 14:14 <DIR> Bmpfin 2000-08-22 14:14 <DIR> Bmpnor 2000-08-22 14:14 <DIR> Bmpswe 2000-05-19 15:30 265 CONFIG.SYS 2000-08-22 14:14 <DIR> POSTINST 2000-08-22 14:14 <DIR> TOOLS 2000-08-22 14:14 <DIR> WIN98SYS 2 File(s) 1 841 bytes Directory of S:\3LNGINST\BMP 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> . 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> .. 1997-04-22 09:43 718 1.BMP 1997-04-22 09:44 718 2.BMP 1999-01-04 02:38 718 3.BMP 2000-07-05 11:22 60 118 Cdchg2.bmp 2000-07-05 11:22 60 118 Cdchg3.bmp 2000-07-05 13:37 60 118 Fin.bmp 2000-07-06 14:18 120 118 Menu.bmp 2000-07-05 13:34 60 118 Nor.bmp 2000-07-05 11:53 35 318 Progress.bmp 2000-07-06 14:08 40 518 Reboot3.bmp 2000-07-05 13:40 60 118 Swe.bmp 2000-07-05 12:09 84 118 Wrongcd2.bmp 2000-07-05 12:09 84 118 Wrongcd3.bmp 2000-07-05 13:52 48 118 langselc.bmp 2000-07-05 11:47 57 318 no_tosp3.bmp 15 File(s) 772 370 bytes Directory of S:\3LNGINST\Bmpfin 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> . 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> .. 1997-04-22 09:43 718 1.BMP 1997-04-22 09:44 718 2.BMP 1998-06-13 00:07 718 9.bmp 2000-03-08 15:02 78 486 Hddmenu.bmp 2000-03-08 15:31 25 318 No_tospc.bmp 2000-03-08 15:37 36 518 PARTFORM.BMP 2000-03-08 15:42 36 518 Qformat.bmp 7 File(s) 178 994 bytes Directory of S:\3LNGINST\Bmpnor 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> . 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> .. 1997-04-22 09:43 718 1.BMP 1997-04-22 09:44 718 2.BMP 1998-06-13 00:07 718 9.bmp 1999-05-05 13:26 78 486 Hddmenu.bmp 1998-07-13 11:36 25 318 No_tospc.bmp 1998-07-13 11:41 36 518 PARTFORM.BMP 1998-07-13 11:45 36 518 Qformat.bmp 7 File(s) 178 994 bytes Directory of S:\3LNGINST\Bmpswe 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> . 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> .. 1997-04-22 09:43 718 1.BMP 1997-04-22 09:44 718 2.BMP 1998-06-13 00:07 718 9.bmp 1999-05-06 08:14 78 486 Hddmenu.bmp 1998-07-10 16:25 25 318 No_tospc.bmp 1998-07-10 16:29 36 518 PARTFORM.BMP 1998-07-10 17:08 36 518 Qformat.bmp 7 File(s) 178 994 bytes Directory of S:\3LNGINST\POSTINST 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> . 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> .. 2000-05-19 09:15 33 POSTINST.BAT 1 File(s) 33 bytes Directory of S:\3LNGINST\TOOLS 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> . 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> .. 2000-05-19 14:52 3 898 3LNGINST.BAT 1995-10-27 18:29 28 164 BMPVIEW.EXE 1999-01-13 11:13 13 720 CDROMDRV.SYS 1998-05-06 20:01 5 239 CHOICE.COM 1996-01-31 19:55 18 CLK.COM 1998-05-06 20:01 125 495 EMM386.EXE 1999-07-01 12:23 61 566 F3DCHK.EXE 1998-05-06 20:01 49 575 FORMAT.COM 1994-04-02 06:20 22 HARDBOOT.COM 1998-05-06 20:01 33 191 HIMEM.SYS 1998-05-06 20:01 25 473 MSCDEX.EXE 2000-07-06 14:41 910 PARTINFO.TXT 1998-05-06 20:01 12 663 RAMDRIVE.SYS 1998-05-06 20:01 45 379 SMARTDRV.EXE 1997-05-07 14:19 1 SYS.TXT 1995-09-27 14:25 6 813 VOLCHECK.EXE 1998-05-06 20:01 3 878 XCOPY.EXE 1998-05-06 20:01 41 472 XCOPY32.MOD 1997-06-25 13:49 6 YENT 19 File(s) 457 483 bytes Directory of S:\3LNGINST\WIN98SYS 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> . 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> .. 1998-12-04 20:00 222 390 IO.SYS 1998-05-06 20:01 18 967 SYS.COM 1998-05-06 20:01 93 880 command.com 3 File(s) 335 237 bytes Directory of S:\CRC 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> . 1601-01-01 02:00 <DIR> .. 2000-06-15 12:07 181 422 T310C1NO.ALL 2000-06-15 12:09 215 427 T310C1NO.CRC 2000-06-15 12:07 2 157 T310C1NO.HID 3 File(s) 399 006 bytes Total Files Listed: 104 File(s) 391 625 352 bytes 42 Dir(s) 0 bytes free S:\> Now which line or lines need to be changed? Do I really have to change drive letter Z: to C:? Proposed solutions Solution #1 Ramhound proposed to change the boot order to following; CD-ROM, IDE-0, Floppy This didn't help. In fact, here is the result of it. Searching for Boot Record from CDROM..Not Found Searching for Boot Record from IDE-0.. OK Missing operating system Any other ideas?... Solution #2 Rik proposed to run Z:\setup. Now that I have found a way to drop to DOS prompt with Ctrl+C as described above (Update 2), I did try running setup but there is no such command or file in there. So that didn't work.

    Read the article

  • Windows could not start Apache 2 on the local computer

    - by andig
    After installing PHP 5.3, Windows is unable to start Apache 2.2. Apache's error log is empty, no error message on startup: C:\Programme\Apache\bin>httpd -k start C:\Programme\Apache\bin>httpd -k stop The Apache2.2 service is not started. C:\Programme\Apache\bin>httpd -k config Reconfiguring the Apache2.2 service The Apache2.2 service is successfully installed. Testing httpd.conf.... Errors reported here must be corrected before the service can be started. I have no clue where to look for the cause. php5apache2_2.dll is copied to the Apache modules folder. The configuration looks like this: LoadModule php5_module modules/php5apache2_2.dll PHPIniDir "C:/programme/php" Where and how can I start diagnosis? The only hint I have so far is that startup fails as soon as a PHP module is enabled in the configuration. Is there a way to get more details out of the Apache startup process? This is the http.conf: # # This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2> for detailed information. # In particular, see # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/directives.html> # for a discussion of each configuration directive. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "logs/foo.log" # with ServerRoot set to "C:/Programme/Apache" will be interpreted by the # server as "C:/Programme/Apache/logs/foo.log". # # NOTE: Where filenames are specified, you must use forward slashes # instead of backslashes (e.g., "c:/apache" instead of "c:\apache"). # If a drive letter is omitted, the drive on which httpd.exe is located # will be used by default. It is recommended that you always supply # an explicit drive letter in absolute paths to avoid confusion. # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path. If you point # ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to point the LockFile directive # at a local disk. If you wish to share the same ServerRoot for multiple # httpd daemons, you will need to change at least LockFile and PidFile. # ServerRoot "C:/Programme/Apache" # # Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or # ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost> # directive. # # Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to # prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses. # #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 # # Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support # # To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you # have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the # directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used. # Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need # to be loaded here. # # Example: # LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so # LoadModule actions_module modules/mod_actions.so LoadModule alias_module modules/mod_alias.so LoadModule asis_module modules/mod_asis.so LoadModule auth_basic_module modules/mod_auth_basic.so #LoadModule auth_digest_module modules/mod_auth_digest.so #LoadModule authn_alias_module modules/mod_authn_alias.so #LoadModule authn_anon_module modules/mod_authn_anon.so #LoadModule authn_dbd_module modules/mod_authn_dbd.so #LoadModule authn_dbm_module modules/mod_authn_dbm.so LoadModule authn_default_module modules/mod_authn_default.so LoadModule authn_file_module modules/mod_authn_file.so #LoadModule authnz_ldap_module modules/mod_authnz_ldap.so #LoadModule authz_dbm_module modules/mod_authz_dbm.so LoadModule authz_default_module modules/mod_authz_default.so LoadModule authz_groupfile_module modules/mod_authz_groupfile.so LoadModule authz_host_module modules/mod_authz_host.so #LoadModule authz_owner_module modules/mod_authz_owner.so LoadModule authz_user_module modules/mod_authz_user.so LoadModule autoindex_module modules/mod_autoindex.so #LoadModule cache_module modules/mod_cache.so #LoadModule cern_meta_module modules/mod_cern_meta.so LoadModule cgi_module modules/mod_cgi.so #LoadModule charset_lite_module modules/mod_charset_lite.so #LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so #LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so #LoadModule dav_lock_module modules/mod_dav_lock.so #LoadModule dbd_module modules/mod_dbd.so #LoadModule deflate_module modules/mod_deflate.so LoadModule dir_module modules/mod_dir.so #LoadModule disk_cache_module modules/mod_disk_cache.so #LoadModule dumpio_module modules/mod_dumpio.so LoadModule env_module modules/mod_env.so #LoadModule expires_module modules/mod_expires.so #LoadModule ext_filter_module modules/mod_ext_filter.so #LoadModule file_cache_module modules/mod_file_cache.so #LoadModule filter_module modules/mod_filter.so #LoadModule headers_module modules/mod_headers.so #LoadModule ident_module modules/mod_ident.so #LoadModule imagemap_module modules/mod_imagemap.so LoadModule include_module modules/mod_include.so #LoadModule info_module modules/mod_info.so LoadModule isapi_module modules/mod_isapi.so #LoadModule ldap_module modules/mod_ldap.so #LoadModule logio_module modules/mod_logio.so LoadModule log_config_module modules/mod_log_config.so #LoadModule log_forensic_module modules/mod_log_forensic.so #LoadModule mem_cache_module modules/mod_mem_cache.so LoadModule mime_module modules/mod_mime.so #LoadModule mime_magic_module modules/mod_mime_magic.so LoadModule negotiation_module modules/mod_negotiation.so #LoadModule proxy_module modules/mod_proxy.so #LoadModule proxy_ajp_module modules/mod_proxy_ajp.so #LoadModule proxy_balancer_module modules/mod_proxy_balancer.so #LoadModule proxy_connect_module modules/mod_proxy_connect.so #LoadModule proxy_ftp_module modules/mod_proxy_ftp.so #LoadModule proxy_http_module modules/mod_proxy_http.so #LoadModule proxy_scgi_module modules/mod_proxy_scgi.so #LoadModule reqtimeout_module modules/mod_reqtimeout.so #LoadModule rewrite_module modules/mod_rewrite.so LoadModule setenvif_module modules/mod_setenvif.so #LoadModule speling_module modules/mod_speling.so #LoadModule ssl_module modules/mod_ssl.so #LoadModule status_module modules/mod_status.so #LoadModule substitute_module modules/mod_substitute.so #LoadModule unique_id_module modules/mod_unique_id.so #LoadModule userdir_module modules/mod_userdir.so #LoadModule usertrack_module modules/mod_usertrack.so #LoadModule version_module modules/mod_version.so #LoadModule vhost_alias_module modules/mod_vhost_alias.so #!! LoadModule php5_module modules/php5apache2_2.dll PHPIniDir "C:/programme/php" <IfModule !mpm_netware_module> <IfModule !mpm_winnt_module> # # If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run # httpd as root initially and it will switch. # # User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as. # It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for # running httpd, as with most system services. # User daemon Group daemon </IfModule> </IfModule> # 'Main' server configuration # # The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main' # server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a # <VirtualHost> definition. These values also provide defaults for # any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file. # # All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers, # in which case these default settings will be overridden for the # virtual host being defined. # # # ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be # e-mailed. This address appears on some server-generated pages, such # as error documents. e.g. [email protected] # ServerAdmin [email protected] # # ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself. # This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify # it explicitly to prevent problems during startup. # # If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here. # #ServerName localhost:8080 # # DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your # documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but # symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations. # DocumentRoot "C:/data/htdocs" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Deny from all </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "C:/data/htdocs"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride None # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # <IfModule dir_module> DirectoryIndex index.html </IfModule> # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <FilesMatch "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </FilesMatch> # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog "logs/error.log" # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel debug <IfModule log_config_module> # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common <IfModule logio_module> # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio </IfModule> # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # CustomLog "logs/access.log" common # # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive. # #CustomLog "logs/access.log" combined </IfModule> <IfModule alias_module> # # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client # will make a new request for the document at its new location. # Example: # Redirect permanent /foo http://localhost/bar # # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot. # Example: # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path # # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. You will also likely # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to # the filesystem path. # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the # client. The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias # directives as to Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "C:/Programme/Apache/cgi-bin/" </IfModule> <IfModule cgid_module> # # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid. # #Scriptsock logs/cgisock </IfModule> # # "C:/Programme/Apache/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "C:/Programme/Apache/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DefaultType: the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain <IfModule mime_module> # # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from # filename extension to MIME-type. # TypesConfig conf/mime.types # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi # For type maps (negotiated resources): #AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddType text/html .shtml #AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml </IfModule> # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # #MIMEMagicFile conf/magic # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http://localhost/subscription_info.html # # # EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, # memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver # files. This usually improves server performance, but must # be turned off when serving from networked-mounted # filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise # broken on your system. # #EnableMMAP off #EnableSendfile off # Supplemental configuration # # The configuration files in the conf/extra/ directory can be # included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of # the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as # necessary. # Server-pool management (MPM specific) #Include conf/extra/httpd-mpm.conf # Multi-language error messages #Include conf/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf # Fancy directory listings #Include conf/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf # Language settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-languages.conf # User home directories #Include conf/extra/httpd-userdir.conf # Real-time info on requests and configuration #Include conf/extra/httpd-info.conf # Virtual hosts #Include conf/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf # Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual #Include conf/extra/httpd-manual.conf # Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV) #Include conf/extra/httpd-dav.conf # Various default settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-default.conf # Secure (SSL/TLS) connections #Include conf/extra/httpd-ssl.conf # # Note: The following must must be present to support # starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent # but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl. # <IfModule ssl_module> SSLRandomSeed startup builtin SSLRandomSeed connect builtin </IfModule> #!! <IfModule mod_php5.c> AddType application/x-httpd-php .php AddType application/x-httpd-php .php5 AddType application/x-httpd-php-source .phps </IfModule>

    Read the article

  • Apache won't accept external requests

    - by Eric
    I am running Apache 2.2 on windows and I would like to access it remotely. Currently I can only access it from my local machine. I know the problem is not port forwarding because I tested it with other web servers (written in python). My httpd.conf file is below. I installed apache with the PHP installer. # # This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2> for detailed information. # In particular, see # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/directives.html> # for a discussion of each configuration directive. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "logs/foo.log" # with ServerRoot set to "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2" will be interpreted by the # server as "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/logs/foo.log". # # NOTE: Where filenames are specified, you must use forward slashes # instead of backslashes (e.g., "c:/apache" instead of "c:\apache"). # If a drive letter is omitted, the drive on which httpd.exe is located # will be used by default. It is recommended that you always supply # an explicit drive letter in absolute paths to avoid confusion. # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path. If you point # ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to point the LockFile directive # at a local disk. If you wish to share the same ServerRoot for multiple # httpd daemons, you will need to change at least LockFile and PidFile. # ServerRoot "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2" # # Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or # ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost> # directive. # # Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to # prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses. # #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 # # Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support # # To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you # have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the # directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used. # Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need # to be loaded here. # # Example: # LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so # LoadModule actions_module modules/mod_actions.so LoadModule alias_module modules/mod_alias.so LoadModule asis_module modules/mod_asis.so LoadModule auth_basic_module modules/mod_auth_basic.so #LoadModule auth_digest_module modules/mod_auth_digest.so #LoadModule authn_alias_module modules/mod_authn_alias.so #LoadModule authn_anon_module modules/mod_authn_anon.so #LoadModule authn_dbd_module modules/mod_authn_dbd.so #LoadModule authn_dbm_module modules/mod_authn_dbm.so LoadModule authn_default_module modules/mod_authn_default.so LoadModule authn_file_module modules/mod_authn_file.so #LoadModule authnz_ldap_module modules/mod_authnz_ldap.so #LoadModule authz_dbm_module modules/mod_authz_dbm.so LoadModule authz_default_module modules/mod_authz_default.so LoadModule authz_groupfile_module modules/mod_authz_groupfile.so LoadModule authz_host_module modules/mod_authz_host.so #LoadModule authz_owner_module modules/mod_authz_owner.so LoadModule authz_user_module modules/mod_authz_user.so LoadModule autoindex_module modules/mod_autoindex.so #LoadModule cache_module modules/mod_cache.so #LoadModule cern_meta_module modules/mod_cern_meta.so LoadModule cgi_module modules/mod_cgi.so #LoadModule charset_lite_module modules/mod_charset_lite.so #LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so #LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so #LoadModule dav_lock_module modules/mod_dav_lock.so #LoadModule dbd_module modules/mod_dbd.so #LoadModule deflate_module modules/mod_deflate.so LoadModule dir_module modules/mod_dir.so #LoadModule disk_cache_module modules/mod_disk_cache.so #LoadModule dumpio_module modules/mod_dumpio.so LoadModule env_module modules/mod_env.so #LoadModule expires_module modules/mod_expires.so #LoadModule ext_filter_module modules/mod_ext_filter.so #LoadModule file_cache_module modules/mod_file_cache.so #LoadModule filter_module modules/mod_filter.so #LoadModule headers_module modules/mod_headers.so #LoadModule ident_module modules/mod_ident.so #LoadModule imagemap_module modules/mod_imagemap.so LoadModule include_module modules/mod_include.so LoadModule info_module modules/mod_info.so LoadModule isapi_module modules/mod_isapi.so #LoadModule ldap_module modules/mod_ldap.so #LoadModule logio_module modules/mod_logio.so LoadModule log_config_module modules/mod_log_config.so #LoadModule log_forensic_module modules/mod_log_forensic.so #LoadModule mem_cache_module modules/mod_mem_cache.so LoadModule mime_module modules/mod_mime.so #LoadModule mime_magic_module modules/mod_mime_magic.so LoadModule negotiation_module modules/mod_negotiation.so #LoadModule proxy_module modules/mod_proxy.so #LoadModule proxy_ajp_module modules/mod_proxy_ajp.so #LoadModule proxy_balancer_module modules/mod_proxy_balancer.so #LoadModule proxy_connect_module modules/mod_proxy_connect.so #LoadModule proxy_ftp_module modules/mod_proxy_ftp.so #LoadModule proxy_http_module modules/mod_proxy_http.so #LoadModule reqtimeout_module modules/mod_reqtimeout.so #LoadModule rewrite_module modules/mod_rewrite.so LoadModule setenvif_module modules/mod_setenvif.so #LoadModule speling_module modules/mod_speling.so #LoadModule ssl_module modules/mod_ssl.so LoadModule status_module modules/mod_status.so #LoadModule substitute_module modules/mod_substitute.so #LoadModule unique_id_module modules/mod_unique_id.so #LoadModule userdir_module modules/mod_userdir.so #LoadModule usertrack_module modules/mod_usertrack.so #LoadModule version_module modules/mod_version.so #LoadModule vhost_alias_module modules/mod_vhost_alias.so #LoadModule php5_module "c:/php/php5apache2_2.dll" <IfModule !mpm_netware_module> <IfModule !mpm_winnt_module> # # If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run # httpd as root initially and it will switch. # # User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as. # It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for # running httpd, as with most system services. # User daemon Group daemon </IfModule> </IfModule> # 'Main' server configuration # # The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main' # server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a # <VirtualHost> definition. These values also provide defaults for # any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file. # # All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers, # in which case these default settings will be overridden for the # virtual host being defined. # # # ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be # e-mailed. This address appears on some server-generated pages, such # as error documents. e.g. [email protected] # ServerAdmin [email protected] # # ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself. # This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify # it explicitly to prevent problems during startup. # # If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here. # #ServerName :80 # # DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your # documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but # symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations. # DocumentRoot "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/htdocs" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Allow from all </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/htdocs"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride All # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order deny,allow Allow from all </Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # <IfModule dir_module> DirectoryIndex index.html index.php index.phtml index.htm default.html default.php default.phtml default.htm </IfModule> # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <FilesMatch "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </FilesMatch> # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog "logs/error.log" # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn <IfModule log_config_module> # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common <IfModule logio_module> # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio </IfModule> # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # CustomLog "logs/access.log" common # # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive. # #CustomLog "logs/access.log" combined </IfModule> <IfModule alias_module> # # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client # will make a new request for the document at its new location. # Example: # Redirect permanent /foo http:///bar # # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot. # Example: # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path # # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. You will also likely # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to # the filesystem path. # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the # client. The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias # directives as to Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin/" </IfModule> <IfModule cgid_module> # # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid. # #Scriptsock logs/cgisock </IfModule> # # "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DefaultType: the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain <IfModule mime_module> # # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from # filename extension to MIME-type. # TypesConfig conf/mime.types # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi # For type maps (negotiated resources): #AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddType text/html .shtml #AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml AddType application/x-httpd-php .php AddType application/x-httpd-php .phtml </IfModule> # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # #MIMEMagicFile conf/magic # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http:///subscription_info.html # # # EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, # memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver # files. This usually improves server performance, but must # be turned off when serving from networked-mounted # filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise # broken on your system. # #EnableMMAP off #EnableSendfile off # Supplemental configuration # # The configuration files in the conf/extra/ directory can be # included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of # the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as # necessary. # Server-pool management (MPM specific) #Include conf/extra/httpd-mpm.conf # Multi-language error messages #Include conf/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf # Fancy directory listings #Include conf/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf # Language settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-languages.conf # User home directories #Include conf/extra/httpd-userdir.conf # Real-time info on requests and configuration #Include conf/extra/httpd-info.conf # Virtual hosts #Include conf/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf # Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual #Include conf/extra/httpd-manual.conf # Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV) #Include conf/extra/httpd-dav.conf # Various default settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-default.conf # Secure (SSL/TLS) connections #Include conf/extra/httpd-ssl.conf # # Note: The following must must be present to support # starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent # but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl. # <IfModule ssl_module> SSLRandomSeed startup builtin SSLRandomSeed connect builtin </IfModule> #PHPIniDir "c:/php" #BEGIN PHP INSTALLER EDITS - REMOVE ONLY ON UNINSTALL PHPIniDir "C:/PHP/" LoadModule php5_module "C:/PHP/php5apache2_2.dll" #END PHP INSTALLER EDITS - REMOVE ONLY ON UNINSTALL P.S sorry for the shortness of this post. I am in a rush

    Read the article

  • Apache won't accept external requests

    - by Eric
    I am running Apache 2.2 on windows and I would like to access it remotely. Currently I can only access it from my local machine. I know the problem is not port forwarding because I tested it with other web servers (written in python). My httpd.conf file is below. I installed apache with the PHP installer. # # This is the main Apache HTTP server configuration file. It contains the # configuration directives that give the server its instructions. # See <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2> for detailed information. # In particular, see # <URL:http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/directives.html> # for a discussion of each configuration directive. # # Do NOT simply read the instructions in here without understanding # what they do. They're here only as hints or reminders. If you are unsure # consult the online docs. You have been warned. # # Configuration and logfile names: If the filenames you specify for many # of the server's control files begin with "/" (or "drive:/" for Win32), the # server will use that explicit path. If the filenames do *not* begin # with "/", the value of ServerRoot is prepended -- so "logs/foo.log" # with ServerRoot set to "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2" will be interpreted by the # server as "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/logs/foo.log". # # NOTE: Where filenames are specified, you must use forward slashes # instead of backslashes (e.g., "c:/apache" instead of "c:\apache"). # If a drive letter is omitted, the drive on which httpd.exe is located # will be used by default. It is recommended that you always supply # an explicit drive letter in absolute paths to avoid confusion. # # ServerRoot: The top of the directory tree under which the server's # configuration, error, and log files are kept. # # Do not add a slash at the end of the directory path. If you point # ServerRoot at a non-local disk, be sure to point the LockFile directive # at a local disk. If you wish to share the same ServerRoot for multiple # httpd daemons, you will need to change at least LockFile and PidFile. # ServerRoot "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2" # # Listen: Allows you to bind Apache to specific IP addresses and/or # ports, instead of the default. See also the <VirtualHost> # directive. # # Change this to Listen on specific IP addresses as shown below to # prevent Apache from glomming onto all bound IP addresses. # #Listen 12.34.56.78:80 Listen 80 # # Dynamic Shared Object (DSO) Support # # To be able to use the functionality of a module which was built as a DSO you # have to place corresponding `LoadModule' lines at this location so the # directives contained in it are actually available _before_ they are used. # Statically compiled modules (those listed by `httpd -l') do not need # to be loaded here. # # Example: # LoadModule foo_module modules/mod_foo.so # LoadModule actions_module modules/mod_actions.so LoadModule alias_module modules/mod_alias.so LoadModule asis_module modules/mod_asis.so LoadModule auth_basic_module modules/mod_auth_basic.so #LoadModule auth_digest_module modules/mod_auth_digest.so #LoadModule authn_alias_module modules/mod_authn_alias.so #LoadModule authn_anon_module modules/mod_authn_anon.so #LoadModule authn_dbd_module modules/mod_authn_dbd.so #LoadModule authn_dbm_module modules/mod_authn_dbm.so LoadModule authn_default_module modules/mod_authn_default.so LoadModule authn_file_module modules/mod_authn_file.so #LoadModule authnz_ldap_module modules/mod_authnz_ldap.so #LoadModule authz_dbm_module modules/mod_authz_dbm.so LoadModule authz_default_module modules/mod_authz_default.so LoadModule authz_groupfile_module modules/mod_authz_groupfile.so LoadModule authz_host_module modules/mod_authz_host.so #LoadModule authz_owner_module modules/mod_authz_owner.so LoadModule authz_user_module modules/mod_authz_user.so LoadModule autoindex_module modules/mod_autoindex.so #LoadModule cache_module modules/mod_cache.so #LoadModule cern_meta_module modules/mod_cern_meta.so LoadModule cgi_module modules/mod_cgi.so #LoadModule charset_lite_module modules/mod_charset_lite.so #LoadModule dav_module modules/mod_dav.so #LoadModule dav_fs_module modules/mod_dav_fs.so #LoadModule dav_lock_module modules/mod_dav_lock.so #LoadModule dbd_module modules/mod_dbd.so #LoadModule deflate_module modules/mod_deflate.so LoadModule dir_module modules/mod_dir.so #LoadModule disk_cache_module modules/mod_disk_cache.so #LoadModule dumpio_module modules/mod_dumpio.so LoadModule env_module modules/mod_env.so #LoadModule expires_module modules/mod_expires.so #LoadModule ext_filter_module modules/mod_ext_filter.so #LoadModule file_cache_module modules/mod_file_cache.so #LoadModule filter_module modules/mod_filter.so #LoadModule headers_module modules/mod_headers.so #LoadModule ident_module modules/mod_ident.so #LoadModule imagemap_module modules/mod_imagemap.so LoadModule include_module modules/mod_include.so LoadModule info_module modules/mod_info.so LoadModule isapi_module modules/mod_isapi.so #LoadModule ldap_module modules/mod_ldap.so #LoadModule logio_module modules/mod_logio.so LoadModule log_config_module modules/mod_log_config.so #LoadModule log_forensic_module modules/mod_log_forensic.so #LoadModule mem_cache_module modules/mod_mem_cache.so LoadModule mime_module modules/mod_mime.so #LoadModule mime_magic_module modules/mod_mime_magic.so LoadModule negotiation_module modules/mod_negotiation.so #LoadModule proxy_module modules/mod_proxy.so #LoadModule proxy_ajp_module modules/mod_proxy_ajp.so #LoadModule proxy_balancer_module modules/mod_proxy_balancer.so #LoadModule proxy_connect_module modules/mod_proxy_connect.so #LoadModule proxy_ftp_module modules/mod_proxy_ftp.so #LoadModule proxy_http_module modules/mod_proxy_http.so #LoadModule reqtimeout_module modules/mod_reqtimeout.so #LoadModule rewrite_module modules/mod_rewrite.so LoadModule setenvif_module modules/mod_setenvif.so #LoadModule speling_module modules/mod_speling.so #LoadModule ssl_module modules/mod_ssl.so LoadModule status_module modules/mod_status.so #LoadModule substitute_module modules/mod_substitute.so #LoadModule unique_id_module modules/mod_unique_id.so #LoadModule userdir_module modules/mod_userdir.so #LoadModule usertrack_module modules/mod_usertrack.so #LoadModule version_module modules/mod_version.so #LoadModule vhost_alias_module modules/mod_vhost_alias.so #LoadModule php5_module "c:/php/php5apache2_2.dll" <IfModule !mpm_netware_module> <IfModule !mpm_winnt_module> # # If you wish httpd to run as a different user or group, you must run # httpd as root initially and it will switch. # # User/Group: The name (or #number) of the user/group to run httpd as. # It is usually good practice to create a dedicated user and group for # running httpd, as with most system services. # User daemon Group daemon </IfModule> </IfModule> # 'Main' server configuration # # The directives in this section set up the values used by the 'main' # server, which responds to any requests that aren't handled by a # <VirtualHost> definition. These values also provide defaults for # any <VirtualHost> containers you may define later in the file. # # All of these directives may appear inside <VirtualHost> containers, # in which case these default settings will be overridden for the # virtual host being defined. # # # ServerAdmin: Your address, where problems with the server should be # e-mailed. This address appears on some server-generated pages, such # as error documents. e.g. [email protected] # ServerAdmin [email protected] # # ServerName gives the name and port that the server uses to identify itself. # This can often be determined automatically, but we recommend you specify # it explicitly to prevent problems during startup. # # If your host doesn't have a registered DNS name, enter its IP address here. # #ServerName :80 # # DocumentRoot: The directory out of which you will serve your # documents. By default, all requests are taken from this directory, but # symbolic links and aliases may be used to point to other locations. # DocumentRoot "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/htdocs" # # Each directory to which Apache has access can be configured with respect # to which services and features are allowed and/or disabled in that # directory (and its subdirectories). # # First, we configure the "default" to be a very restrictive set of # features. # <Directory /> Options FollowSymLinks AllowOverride None Order deny,allow Allow from all </Directory> # # Note that from this point forward you must specifically allow # particular features to be enabled - so if something's not working as # you might expect, make sure that you have specifically enabled it # below. # # # This should be changed to whatever you set DocumentRoot to. # <Directory "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/htdocs"> # # Possible values for the Options directive are "None", "All", # or any combination of: # Indexes Includes FollowSymLinks SymLinksifOwnerMatch ExecCGI MultiViews # # Note that "MultiViews" must be named *explicitly* --- "Options All" # doesn't give it to you. # # The Options directive is both complicated and important. Please see # http://httpd.apache.org/docs/2.2/mod/core.html#options # for more information. # Options Indexes FollowSymLinks # # AllowOverride controls what directives may be placed in .htaccess files. # It can be "All", "None", or any combination of the keywords: # Options FileInfo AuthConfig Limit # AllowOverride All # # Controls who can get stuff from this server. # Order deny,allow Allow from all </Directory> # # DirectoryIndex: sets the file that Apache will serve if a directory # is requested. # <IfModule dir_module> DirectoryIndex index.html index.php index.phtml index.htm default.html default.php default.phtml default.htm </IfModule> # # The following lines prevent .htaccess and .htpasswd files from being # viewed by Web clients. # <FilesMatch "^\.ht"> Order allow,deny Deny from all Satisfy All </FilesMatch> # # ErrorLog: The location of the error log file. # If you do not specify an ErrorLog directive within a <VirtualHost> # container, error messages relating to that virtual host will be # logged here. If you *do* define an error logfile for a <VirtualHost> # container, that host's errors will be logged there and not here. # ErrorLog "logs/error.log" # # LogLevel: Control the number of messages logged to the error_log. # Possible values include: debug, info, notice, warn, error, crit, # alert, emerg. # LogLevel warn <IfModule log_config_module> # # The following directives define some format nicknames for use with # a CustomLog directive (see below). # LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\"" combined LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b" common <IfModule logio_module> # You need to enable mod_logio.c to use %I and %O LogFormat "%h %l %u %t \"%r\" %>s %b \"%{Referer}i\" \"%{User-Agent}i\" %I %O" combinedio </IfModule> # # The location and format of the access logfile (Common Logfile Format). # If you do not define any access logfiles within a <VirtualHost> # container, they will be logged here. Contrariwise, if you *do* # define per-<VirtualHost> access logfiles, transactions will be # logged therein and *not* in this file. # CustomLog "logs/access.log" common # # If you prefer a logfile with access, agent, and referer information # (Combined Logfile Format) you can use the following directive. # #CustomLog "logs/access.log" combined </IfModule> <IfModule alias_module> # # Redirect: Allows you to tell clients about documents that used to # exist in your server's namespace, but do not anymore. The client # will make a new request for the document at its new location. # Example: # Redirect permanent /foo http:///bar # # Alias: Maps web paths into filesystem paths and is used to # access content that does not live under the DocumentRoot. # Example: # Alias /webpath /full/filesystem/path # # If you include a trailing / on /webpath then the server will # require it to be present in the URL. You will also likely # need to provide a <Directory> section to allow access to # the filesystem path. # # ScriptAlias: This controls which directories contain server scripts. # ScriptAliases are essentially the same as Aliases, except that # documents in the target directory are treated as applications and # run by the server when requested rather than as documents sent to the # client. The same rules about trailing "/" apply to ScriptAlias # directives as to Alias. # ScriptAlias /cgi-bin/ "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin/" </IfModule> <IfModule cgid_module> # # ScriptSock: On threaded servers, designate the path to the UNIX # socket used to communicate with the CGI daemon of mod_cgid. # #Scriptsock logs/cgisock </IfModule> # # "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin" should be changed to whatever your ScriptAliased # CGI directory exists, if you have that configured. # <Directory "C:/Program Files (x86)/Apache Software Foundation/Apache2.2/cgi-bin"> AllowOverride None Options None Order allow,deny Allow from all </Directory> # # DefaultType: the default MIME type the server will use for a document # if it cannot otherwise determine one, such as from filename extensions. # If your server contains mostly text or HTML documents, "text/plain" is # a good value. If most of your content is binary, such as applications # or images, you may want to use "application/octet-stream" instead to # keep browsers from trying to display binary files as though they are # text. # DefaultType text/plain <IfModule mime_module> # # TypesConfig points to the file containing the list of mappings from # filename extension to MIME-type. # TypesConfig conf/mime.types # # AddType allows you to add to or override the MIME configuration # file specified in TypesConfig for specific file types. # #AddType application/x-gzip .tgz # # AddEncoding allows you to have certain browsers uncompress # information on the fly. Note: Not all browsers support this. # #AddEncoding x-compress .Z #AddEncoding x-gzip .gz .tgz # # If the AddEncoding directives above are commented-out, then you # probably should define those extensions to indicate media types: # AddType application/x-compress .Z AddType application/x-gzip .gz .tgz # # AddHandler allows you to map certain file extensions to "handlers": # actions unrelated to filetype. These can be either built into the server # or added with the Action directive (see below) # # To use CGI scripts outside of ScriptAliased directories: # (You will also need to add "ExecCGI" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddHandler cgi-script .cgi # For type maps (negotiated resources): #AddHandler type-map var # # Filters allow you to process content before it is sent to the client. # # To parse .shtml files for server-side includes (SSI): # (You will also need to add "Includes" to the "Options" directive.) # #AddType text/html .shtml #AddOutputFilter INCLUDES .shtml AddType application/x-httpd-php .php AddType application/x-httpd-php .phtml </IfModule> # # The mod_mime_magic module allows the server to use various hints from the # contents of the file itself to determine its type. The MIMEMagicFile # directive tells the module where the hint definitions are located. # #MIMEMagicFile conf/magic # # Customizable error responses come in three flavors: # 1) plain text 2) local redirects 3) external redirects # # Some examples: #ErrorDocument 500 "The server made a boo boo." #ErrorDocument 404 /missing.html #ErrorDocument 404 "/cgi-bin/missing_handler.pl" #ErrorDocument 402 http:///subscription_info.html # # # EnableMMAP and EnableSendfile: On systems that support it, # memory-mapping or the sendfile syscall is used to deliver # files. This usually improves server performance, but must # be turned off when serving from networked-mounted # filesystems or if support for these functions is otherwise # broken on your system. # #EnableMMAP off #EnableSendfile off # Supplemental configuration # # The configuration files in the conf/extra/ directory can be # included to add extra features or to modify the default configuration of # the server, or you may simply copy their contents here and change as # necessary. # Server-pool management (MPM specific) #Include conf/extra/httpd-mpm.conf # Multi-language error messages #Include conf/extra/httpd-multilang-errordoc.conf # Fancy directory listings #Include conf/extra/httpd-autoindex.conf # Language settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-languages.conf # User home directories #Include conf/extra/httpd-userdir.conf # Real-time info on requests and configuration #Include conf/extra/httpd-info.conf # Virtual hosts #Include conf/extra/httpd-vhosts.conf # Local access to the Apache HTTP Server Manual #Include conf/extra/httpd-manual.conf # Distributed authoring and versioning (WebDAV) #Include conf/extra/httpd-dav.conf # Various default settings #Include conf/extra/httpd-default.conf # Secure (SSL/TLS) connections #Include conf/extra/httpd-ssl.conf # # Note: The following must must be present to support # starting without SSL on platforms with no /dev/random equivalent # but a statically compiled-in mod_ssl. # <IfModule ssl_module> SSLRandomSeed startup builtin SSLRandomSeed connect builtin </IfModule> #PHPIniDir "c:/php" #BEGIN PHP INSTALLER EDITS - REMOVE ONLY ON UNINSTALL PHPIniDir "C:/PHP/" LoadModule php5_module "C:/PHP/php5apache2_2.dll" #END PHP INSTALLER EDITS - REMOVE ONLY ON UNINSTALL P.S sorry for the shortness of this post. I am in a rush

    Read the article

  • ASP.NET MVC - dropdown list post handling problem

    - by ile
    I've had troubles for a few days already with handling form that contains dropdown list. I tried all that I've learned so far but nothing helps. This is my code: using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Web; using CMS; using CMS.Model; using System.ComponentModel.DataAnnotations; namespace Portal.Models { public class ArticleDisplay { public ArticleDisplay() { } public int CategoryID { set; get; } public string CategoryTitle { set; get; } public int ArticleID { set; get; } public string ArticleTitle { set; get; } public DateTime ArticleDate; public string ArticleContent { set; get; } } public class HomePageViewModel { public HomePageViewModel(IEnumerable<ArticleDisplay> summaries, Article article) { this.ArticleSummaries = summaries; this.NewArticle = article; } public IEnumerable<ArticleDisplay> ArticleSummaries { get; private set; } public Article NewArticle { get; private set; } } public class ArticleRepository { private DB db = new DB(); // // Query Methods public IQueryable<ArticleDisplay> FindAllArticles() { var result = from category in db.ArticleCategories join article in db.Articles on category.CategoryID equals article.CategoryID orderby article.Date descending select new ArticleDisplay { CategoryID = category.CategoryID, CategoryTitle = category.Title, ArticleID = article.ArticleID, ArticleTitle = article.Title, ArticleDate = article.Date, ArticleContent = article.Content }; return result; } public IQueryable<ArticleDisplay> FindTodayArticles() { var result = from category in db.ArticleCategories join article in db.Articles on category.CategoryID equals article.CategoryID where article.Date == DateTime.Today select new ArticleDisplay { CategoryID = category.CategoryID, CategoryTitle = category.Title, ArticleID = article.ArticleID, ArticleTitle = article.Title, ArticleDate = article.Date, ArticleContent = article.Content }; return result; } public Article GetArticle(int id) { return db.Articles.SingleOrDefault(d => d.ArticleID == id); } public IQueryable<ArticleDisplay> DetailsArticle(int id) { var result = from category in db.ArticleCategories join article in db.Articles on category.CategoryID equals article.CategoryID where id == article.ArticleID select new ArticleDisplay { CategoryID = category.CategoryID, CategoryTitle = category.Title, ArticleID = article.ArticleID, ArticleTitle = article.Title, ArticleDate = article.Date, ArticleContent = article.Content }; return result; } // // Insert/Delete Methods public void Add(Article article) { db.Articles.InsertOnSubmit(article); } public void Delete(Article article) { db.Articles.DeleteOnSubmit(article); } // // Persistence public void Save() { db.SubmitChanges(); } } } using System; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.Web; using System.Web.Mvc; using Portal.Models; using CMS.Model; namespace Portal.Areas.CMS.Controllers { public class ArticleController : Controller { ArticleRepository articleRepository = new ArticleRepository(); ArticleCategoryRepository articleCategoryRepository = new ArticleCategoryRepository(); // // GET: /Article/ public ActionResult Index() { ViewData["categories"] = new SelectList ( articleCategoryRepository.FindAllCategories().ToList(), "CategoryId", "Title" ); Article article = new Article() { Date = DateTime.Now, CategoryID = 1 }; HomePageViewModel homeData = new HomePageViewModel(articleRepository.FindAllArticles().ToList(), article); return View(homeData); } // // GET: /Article/Details/5 public ActionResult Details(int id) { var article = articleRepository.DetailsArticle(id).Single(); if (article == null) return View("NotFound"); return View(article); } // // GET: /Article/Create //public ActionResult Create() //{ // ViewData["categories"] = new SelectList // ( // articleCategoryRepository.FindAllCategories().ToList(), "CategoryId", "Title" // ); // Article article = new Article() // { // Date = DateTime.Now, // CategoryID = 1 // }; // return View(article); //} // // POST: /Article/Create [ValidateInput(false)] [AcceptVerbs(HttpVerbs.Post)] public ActionResult Create(Article article) { if (ModelState.IsValid) { try { // TODO: Add insert logic here articleRepository.Add(article); articleRepository.Save(); return RedirectToAction("Index"); } catch { return View(article); } } else { return View(article); } } // // GET: /Article/Edit/5 public ActionResult Edit(int id) { ViewData["categories"] = new SelectList ( articleCategoryRepository.FindAllCategories().ToList(), "CategoryId", "Title" ); var article = articleRepository.GetArticle(id); return View(article); } // // POST: /Article/Edit/5 [ValidateInput(false)] [AcceptVerbs(HttpVerbs.Post)] public ActionResult Edit(int id, FormCollection collection) { Article article = articleRepository.GetArticle(id); try { // TODO: Add update logic here UpdateModel(article, collection.ToValueProvider()); articleRepository.Save(); return RedirectToAction("Details", new { id = article.ArticleID }); } catch { return View(article); } } // // HTTP GET: /Article/Delete/1 public ActionResult Delete(int id) { Article article = articleRepository.GetArticle(id); if (article == null) return View("NotFound"); else return View(article); } // // HTTP POST: /Article/Delete/1 [AcceptVerbs(HttpVerbs.Post)] public ActionResult Delete(int id, string confirmButton) { Article article = articleRepository.GetArticle(id); if (article == null) return View("NotFound"); articleRepository.Delete(article); articleRepository.Save(); return View("Deleted"); } [ValidateInput(false)] public ActionResult UpdateSettings(int id, string value, string field) { // This highly-specific example is from the original coder's blog system, // but you can substitute your own code here. I assume you can pick out // which text field it is from the id. Article article = articleRepository.GetArticle(id); if (article == null) return Content("Error"); if (field == "Title") { article.Title = value; UpdateModel(article, new[] { "Title" }); articleRepository.Save(); } if (field == "Content") { article.Content = value; UpdateModel(article, new[] { "Content" }); articleRepository.Save(); } if (field == "Date") { article.Date = Convert.ToDateTime(value); UpdateModel(article, new[] { "Date" }); articleRepository.Save(); } return Content(value); } } } and view: <%@ Page Title="" Language="C#" MasterPageFile="~/Areas/CMS/Views/Shared/Site.Master" Inherits="System.Web.Mvc.ViewPage<Portal.Models.HomePageViewModel>" %> <asp:Content ID="Content1" ContentPlaceHolderID="TitleContent" runat="server"> Index </asp:Content> <asp:Content ID="Content2" ContentPlaceHolderID="MainContent" runat="server"> <div class="naslov_poglavlja_main">Articles Administration</div> <%= Html.ValidationSummary("Create was unsuccessful. Please correct the errors and try again.") %> <% using (Html.BeginForm("Create","Article")) {%> <div class="news_forma"> <label for="Title" class="news">Title:</label> <%= Html.TextBox("Title", "", new { @class = "news" })%> <%= Html.ValidationMessage("Title", "*") %> <label for="Content" class="news">Content:</label> <div class="textarea_okvir"> <%= Html.TextArea("Content", "", new { @class = "news" })%> <%= Html.ValidationMessage("Content", "*")%> </div> <label for="CategoryID" class="news">Category:</label> <%= Html.DropDownList("CategoryId", (IEnumerable<SelectListItem>)ViewData["categories"], new { @class = "news" })%> <p> <input type="submit" value="Publish" class="form_submit" /> </p> </div> <% } %> <div class="naslov_poglavlja_main"><%= Html.ActionLink("Write new article...", "Create") %></div> <div id="articles"> <% foreach (var item in Model.ArticleSummaries) { %> <div> <div class="naslov_vijesti" id="<%= item.ArticleID %>"><%= Html.Encode(item.ArticleTitle) %></div> <div class="okvir_vijesti"> <div class="sadrzaj_vijesti" id="<%= item.ArticleID %>"><%= item.ArticleContent %></div> <div class="datum_vijesti" id="<%= item.ArticleID %>"><%= Html.Encode(String.Format("{0:g}", item.ArticleDate)) %></div> <a class="news_delete" href="#" id="<%= item.ArticleID %>">Delete</a> </div> <div class="dno"></div> </div> <% } %> </div> </asp:Content> When trying to post new article I get following error: System.InvalidOperationException: The ViewData item that has the key 'CategoryId' is of type 'System.Int32' but must be of type 'IEnumerable'. I really don't know what to do cause I'm pretty new to .net and mvc Any help appreciated! Ile EDIT: I found where I made mistake. I didn't include date. If in view form I add this line I'm able to add article: <%=Html.Hidden("Date", String.Format("{0:g}", Model.NewArticle.Date)) %> But, if I enter wrong datetype or leave title and content empty then I get the same error. In this eample there is no need for date edit, but I will need it for some other forms and validation will be necessary. EDIT 2: Error happens when posting! Call stack: App_Web_of9beco9.dll!ASP.areas_cms_views_article_create_aspx.__RenderContent2(System.Web.UI.HtmlTextWriter __w = {System.Web.UI.HtmlTextWriter}, System.Web.UI.Control parameterContainer = {System.Web.UI.WebControls.ContentPlaceHolder}) Line 31 + 0x9f bytes C#

    Read the article

  • Java JTextPane JScrollPane Display Issue

    - by ikurtz
    The following class implements a chatGUI. When it runs okay the screen looks like this: Fine ChatGUI The problem is very often when i enter text of large length ie. 50 - 100 chars the gui goes crazy. the chat history box shrinks as shown in this image. Any ideas regarding what is causing this? Thank you. package Sartre.Connect4; import javax.swing.*; import java.net.*; import java.awt.*; import java.awt.event.*; import javax.swing.text.StyledDocument; import javax.swing.text.Style; import javax.swing.text.StyleConstants; import javax.swing.text.BadLocationException; import java.io.BufferedOutputStream; import javax.swing.text.html.HTMLEditorKit; import java.io.FileOutputStream; import java.io.IOException; import java.io.FileNotFoundException; import javax.swing.filechooser.FileNameExtensionFilter; import javax.swing.JFileChooser; /** * Chat form class * @author iAmjad */ public class ChatGUI extends JDialog implements ActionListener { /** * Used to hold chat history data */ private JTextPane textPaneHistory = new JTextPane(); /** * provides scrolling to chat history pane */ private JScrollPane scrollPaneHistory = new JScrollPane(textPaneHistory); /** * used to input local message to chat history */ private JTextPane textPaneHome = new JTextPane(); /** * Provides scrolling to local chat pane */ private JScrollPane scrollPaneHomeText = new JScrollPane(textPaneHome); /** * JLabel acting as a statusbar */ private JLabel statusBar = new JLabel("Ready"); /** * Button to clear chat history pane */ private JButton JBClear = new JButton("Clear"); /** * Button to save chat history pane */ private JButton JBSave = new JButton("Save"); /** * Holds contentPane */ private Container containerPane; /** * Layout GridBagLayout manager */ private GridBagLayout gridBagLayout = new GridBagLayout(); /** * GridBagConstraints */ private GridBagConstraints constraints = new GridBagConstraints(); /** * Constructor for ChatGUI */ public ChatGUI(){ setTitle("Chat"); // set up dialog icon URL url = getClass().getResource("Resources/SartreIcon.jpg"); ImageIcon imageIcon = new ImageIcon(url); Image image = imageIcon.getImage(); this.setIconImage(image); this.setAlwaysOnTop(true); setLocationRelativeTo(this.getParent()); //////////////// End icon and placement ///////////////////////// // Get pane and set layout manager containerPane = getContentPane(); containerPane.setLayout(gridBagLayout); ///////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// //////////////// Begin Chat History ////////////////////////////// textPaneHistory.setToolTipText("Chat History Window"); textPaneHistory.setEditable(false); textPaneHistory.setPreferredSize(new Dimension(350,250)); scrollPaneHistory.setVerticalScrollBarPolicy(ScrollPaneConstants.VERTICAL_SCROLLBAR_ALWAYS); scrollPaneHistory.setHorizontalScrollBarPolicy(ScrollPaneConstants.HORIZONTAL_SCROLLBAR_NEVER); // fill Chat History GridBagConstraints constraints.gridx = 0; constraints.gridy = 0; constraints.gridwidth = 10; constraints.gridheight = 10; constraints.weightx = 100; constraints.weighty = 100; constraints.fill = GridBagConstraints.BOTH; constraints.anchor = GridBagConstraints.CENTER; constraints.insets = new Insets(10,10,10,10); constraints.ipadx = 0; constraints.ipady = 0; gridBagLayout.setConstraints(scrollPaneHistory, constraints); // add to the pane containerPane.add(scrollPaneHistory); /////////////////////////////// End Chat History /////////////////////// ///////////////////////// Begin Home Chat ////////////////////////////// textPaneHome.setToolTipText("Home Chat Message Window"); textPaneHome.setPreferredSize(new Dimension(200,50)); textPaneHome.addKeyListener(new MyKeyAdapter()); scrollPaneHomeText.setVerticalScrollBarPolicy(ScrollPaneConstants.VERTICAL_SCROLLBAR_ALWAYS); scrollPaneHomeText.setHorizontalScrollBarPolicy(ScrollPaneConstants.HORIZONTAL_SCROLLBAR_NEVER); // fill Chat History GridBagConstraints constraints.gridx = 0; constraints.gridy = 10; constraints.gridwidth = 6; constraints.gridheight = 1; constraints.weightx = 100; constraints.weighty = 100; constraints.fill = GridBagConstraints.BOTH; constraints.anchor = GridBagConstraints.CENTER; constraints.insets = new Insets(10,10,10,10); constraints.ipadx = 0; constraints.ipady = 0; gridBagLayout.setConstraints(scrollPaneHomeText, constraints); // add to the pane containerPane.add(scrollPaneHomeText); ////////////////////////// End Home Chat ///////////////////////// ///////////////////////Begin Clear Chat History //////////////////////// JBClear.setToolTipText("Clear Chat History"); // fill Chat History GridBagConstraints constraints.gridx = 6; constraints.gridy = 10; constraints.gridwidth = 2; constraints.gridheight = 1; constraints.weightx = 100; constraints.weighty = 100; constraints.fill = GridBagConstraints.BOTH; constraints.anchor = GridBagConstraints.CENTER; constraints.insets = new Insets(10,10,10,10); constraints.ipadx = 0; constraints.ipady = 0; gridBagLayout.setConstraints(JBClear, constraints); JBClear.addActionListener(this); // add to the pane containerPane.add(JBClear); ///////////////// End Clear Chat History //////////////////////// /////////////// Begin Save Chat History ////////////////////////// JBSave.setToolTipText("Save Chat History"); constraints.gridx = 8; constraints.gridy = 10; constraints.gridwidth = 2; constraints.gridheight = 1; constraints.weightx = 100; constraints.weighty = 100; constraints.fill = GridBagConstraints.BOTH; constraints.anchor = GridBagConstraints.CENTER; constraints.insets = new Insets(10,10,10,10); constraints.ipadx = 0; constraints.ipady = 0; gridBagLayout.setConstraints(JBSave, constraints); JBSave.addActionListener(this); // add to the pane containerPane.add(JBSave); ///////////////////// End Save Chat History ///////////////////// /////////////////// Begin Status Bar ///////////////////////////// constraints.gridx = 0; constraints.gridy = 11; constraints.gridwidth = 10; constraints.gridheight = 1; constraints.weightx = 100; constraints.weighty = 50; constraints.fill = GridBagConstraints.BOTH; constraints.anchor = GridBagConstraints.CENTER; constraints.insets = new Insets(0,10,5,0); constraints.ipadx = 0; constraints.ipady = 0; gridBagLayout.setConstraints(statusBar, constraints); // add to the pane containerPane.add(statusBar); ////////////// End Status Bar //////////////////////////// // set resizable to false this.setResizable(false); // pack the GUI pack(); } /** * Deals with necessary menu click events * @param event */ public void actionPerformed(ActionEvent event) { Object source = event.getSource(); // Process Clear button event if (source == JBClear){ textPaneHistory.setText(null); statusBar.setText("Chat History Cleared"); } // Process Save button event if (source == JBSave){ // process only if there is data in history pane if (textPaneHistory.getText().length() > 0){ // process location where to save the chat history file JFileChooser chooser = new JFileChooser(); chooser.setMultiSelectionEnabled(false); chooser.setAcceptAllFileFilterUsed(false); FileNameExtensionFilter filter = new FileNameExtensionFilter("HTML Documents", "htm", "html"); chooser.setFileFilter(filter); int option = chooser.showSaveDialog(ChatGUI.this); if (option == JFileChooser.APPROVE_OPTION) { // Set up document to be parsed as HTML StyledDocument doc = (StyledDocument)textPaneHistory.getDocument(); HTMLEditorKit kit = new HTMLEditorKit(); BufferedOutputStream out; try { // add final file name and extension String filePath = chooser.getSelectedFile().getAbsoluteFile() + ".html"; out = new BufferedOutputStream(new FileOutputStream(filePath)); // write out the HTML document kit.write(out, doc, doc.getStartPosition().getOffset(), doc.getLength()); } catch (FileNotFoundException e) { JOptionPane.showMessageDialog(ChatGUI.this, "Application will now close. \n A restart may cure the error!\n\n" + e.getMessage(), "Fatal Error", JOptionPane.WARNING_MESSAGE, null); System.exit(2); } catch (IOException e){ JOptionPane.showMessageDialog(ChatGUI.this, "Application will now close. \n A restart may cure the error!\n\n" + e.getMessage(), "Fatal Error", JOptionPane.WARNING_MESSAGE, null); System.exit(3); } catch (BadLocationException e){ JOptionPane.showMessageDialog(ChatGUI.this, "Application will now close. \n A restart may cure the error!\n\n" + e.getMessage(), "Fatal Error", JOptionPane.WARNING_MESSAGE, null); System.exit(4); } statusBar.setText("Chat History Saved"); } } } } /** * Process return key for sending the message */ private class MyKeyAdapter extends KeyAdapter { @Override @SuppressWarnings("static-access") public void keyPressed(KeyEvent ke) { DateTime dateTime = new DateTime(); String nowdateTime = dateTime.getDateTime(); int kc = ke.getKeyCode(); if (kc == ke.VK_ENTER) { try { // Process only if there is data if (textPaneHome.getText().length() > 0){ // Add message origin formatting StyledDocument doc = (StyledDocument)textPaneHistory.getDocument(); Style style = doc.addStyle("HomeStyle", null); StyleConstants.setBold(style, true); String home = "Home [" + nowdateTime + "]: "; doc.insertString(doc.getLength(), home, style); StyleConstants.setBold(style, false); doc.insertString(doc.getLength(), textPaneHome.getText() + "\n", style); // update caret location textPaneHistory.setCaretPosition(doc.getLength()); textPaneHome.setText(null); statusBar.setText("Message Sent"); } } catch (BadLocationException e) { JOptionPane.showMessageDialog(ChatGUI.this, "Application will now close. \n A restart may cure the error!\n\n" + e.getMessage(), "Fatal Error", JOptionPane.WARNING_MESSAGE, null); System.exit(1); } ke.consume(); } } } }

    Read the article

  • Form repeats values

    - by Tunji Gbadamosi
    I have a dynamically generated form to accept guest details and store the results into the a session array. However, when I retrieve the details, I keep finding that the last two guest details are always the same even though different inputs were given. Here's my form for getting the values (guests.php): <?php session_start(); require_once 'FormDB.php'; include 'connect.php'; include 'guests_.php'; ?> <html> <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=utf-8"> <title>Enter guest details</title> <script language="JavaScript" type="text/javascript" src="validation_functions.js"></script> </head> <body> <?php if($_SESSION['logged_in']){ //print '<script type="text/javascript">'; //print 'alert("You have successfully logged in '. $_SESSION['volunteer']['first_name'].'")'; //print '</script>'; $first_name="first_name"; $surname="surname"; $sex="sex"; $age = "age"; echo $error; //echo '<form name="choose" action="tables.php" method="post" onsubmit="return validate_guests(this);">'; echo '<form name="choose" action="guests.php" method="post" onsubmit="return validate_guests(this);">'; echo '<input type="hidden" name="hidden_value" value="'.$_SESSION['no_guests'].'" />'; if($_SESSION['no_guests'] >= 1){ echo '<table border="1">'; echo '<th>First Name</th>'; echo '<th>Surname</th>'; echo '<th>Day of Birth</th>'; echo '<th>Month of Birth</th>'; echo '<th>Year of Birth</th>'; echo '<th>Sex</th>'; //echo '<div id="volunteer">'; echo '<tr>'; echo '<td>'; echo $_SESSION['volunteer']['first_name']; echo '</td>'; echo '<td>'; echo $_SESSION['volunteer']['surname']; echo '</td>'; echo '<td>'; echo $_SESSION['volunteer']['dob_day']; echo '</td>'; echo '<td>'; echo $_SESSION['volunteer']['dob_month']; echo '</td>'; echo '<td>'; echo $_SESSION['volunteer']['dob_year']; echo '</td>'; echo '<td>'; echo $_SESSION['volunteer']['sex']; echo '</td>'; echo '</tr>'; //echo '</div>'; for($i=0;$i<$_SESSION['no_guests'];$i++){ //$guest = "guest_".$i; //echo '<div class="'.$guest.'">'; echo '<tr>'; echo '<td>'; echo '<input type="text" name="guest['.$i.']['.$first_name.']" id="fn'.$i.'">'; echo '</td>'; echo '<td>'; echo '<input type="text" name="guest['.$i.']['.$surname.']" id="surname'.$i.'">'; echo '</td>'; echo '<td>'; echo '<select name="guest['.$i.'][dob_day]" id="dob_day'.$i.'">'; for($j=1;$j<32;$j++){ echo"<option value='$j'>$j</option>"; } echo '</select>'; echo '</td>'; echo '<td>'; echo '<select name="guest['.$i.'][dob_month] id="dob_month'.$i.'">'; for($j=0;$j<sizeof($month);$j++){ $value = ($j + 1); echo"<option value='$value'>$month[$j]</option>"; } echo '</select>'; echo '</td>'; echo '<td>'; echo '<select name="guest['.$i.'][dob_year] id="dob_year'.$i.'">'; for($j=1900;$j<$year_limit;$j++){ echo"<option value='$j'>$j</option>"; } echo '</select>'; echo '</td>'; echo '<td>'; echo '<select name="guest['.$i.']['.$sex.']" id="sex'.$i.'">'; echo '<option>Female</option>'; echo '<option>Male</option>'; echo '</select>'; echo '</td>'; echo '</tr>'; //echo '</div>'; } echo '</table>'; } else{ echo '<table border="1">'; echo '<th>First Name</th>'; echo '<th>Surname</th>'; echo '<th>Day of Birth</th>'; echo '<th>Month of Birth</th>'; echo '<th>Year of Birth</th>'; echo '<th>Sex</th>'; echo '<th>Table</th>'; echo '<th>Seat</th>'; echo '<th>Menu</th>'; //echo '<div id="volunteer">'; echo '<tr>'; echo '<td>'; echo $_SESSION['volunteer']['first_name']; echo '</td>'; echo '<td>'; echo $_SESSION['volunteer']['surname']; echo '</td>'; echo '<td>'; echo $_SESSION['volunteer']['dob_day']; echo '</td>'; echo '<td>'; echo $_SESSION['volunteer']['dob_month']; echo '</td>'; echo '<td>'; echo $_SESSION['volunteer']['dob_year']; echo '</td>'; echo '<td>'; echo $_SESSION['volunteer']['sex']; echo '</td>'; echo '</tr>'; //echo '</div>'; } echo '</table>'; echo '<input type="submit" value="Submit">'; echo '</form>'; } else{ print '<script type="text/javascript">'; print 'alert("You have not successfully logged in '. $_SESSION['volunteer']['first_name'].'")'; print '</script>'; } ?> </body> Here's my code for processing the details (guests_.php): <?php $error = ""; if($_POST){ //$guests = array(); $guests = isset($_POST['guest']) ? $_POST['guest'] : null; if($guests){ foreach($guests as &$guest){ $guest['first_name'] = ucwords(strip_tags($guest['first_name'])); $guest['surname'] = ucwords(strip_tags($guest['surname'])); $guest['dob_day'] = ucwords(strip_tags($guest['dob_day'])); $guest['dob_month'] = ucwords(strip_tags($guest['dob_month'])); $guest['dob_year'] = ucwords(strip_tags($guest['dob_year'])); $guest['sex'] = ucwords(strip_tags($guest['sex'])); } } foreach($guests as $guest){ $date = $form->create_date($guest['dob_day'], $guest['dob_month'], $guest['dob_year']); $exist = $form->user_exists($guest['first_name'], $guest['surname'], $date, $guest['sex']); if($exist != ""){ $error .= $exist; } } if($error == ""){ //$_SESSION['existent_guests'] = FALSE; $_SESSION['guests'] = $guests; $form->set_guests($_SESSION['guests']); //$form->set_volunteer($_SESSION['volunteer']); header("location: tables.php"); exit(); } } ?>

    Read the article

  • how to add a sidebar to a .net page based on a master page that doesnt have a sidebar.

    - by UXdesigner
    Hello, I have been told that I should add a sidebar to one page of this .net project, but the master page don't include a sidebar. How can I add a sidebar to one page only ? This is the code for the Master Template, can anyone suggest or help me out here? I'd buy a book and read more, but I have to do this for the next 12 hours. <%@ Master Language="C#" AutoEventWireup="true" CodeFile="Public.master.cs" Inherits="Public" %> <%@ Register Assembly="AjaxControlToolkit" Namespace="AjaxControlToolkit" TagPrefix="cc2" %> <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd"> <%--<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> --%><html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head runat="server"> <title></title> <%--<link href="favicon.ico" rel="Shortcut Icon" type="image/x-icon" />--%> <link href="<%= Server.MapPath("~/css/main2.css") %>" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" media="all" /> <link href="<%= Server.MapPath("~/css/dropdown.css") %>" media="screen" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> <link href="<%= Server.MapPath("~/css/default.advanced.css") %>" media="screen" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> <link href="<%= Server.MapPath("~/css/vlightbox.css") %>" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" /> <link href="<%= Server.MapPath("~/css/visuallightbox.css") %>" rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" media="screen" /> <link href="<%= Server.MapPath("~/boxes.css") %>"rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" media="screen" /> <script src="<%= Server.MapPath("~/engine/js/jquery.min.js") %>" ype="text/javascript"></script> <script src="<%= Server.MapPath("~/js/cufon-yui.js") %>" type="text/javascript"></script> <script src="<%= Server.MapPath("~/js/AFB_400.font.js") %>" type="text/javascript"></script> <style type="text/css"> #vlightbox a#vlb { display:none } </style> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.3.2/jquery.min.js" ></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jqueryui/1.5.3/jquery-ui.min.js" ></script> <script type="text/javascript"> Cufon.replace('h2'); </script> <script type="text/javascript"> Cufon.replace('h3'); </script> <script type="text/javascript"> Cufon.replace('h5'); </script> <!--[if IE 8]> <style type="text/css"> #footer {display:table;} </style> <![endif]--> <style> ul#nav { width:100%; height:36px; display:block; background-color:#000; background-repeat:repeat-x; } #wrapthatbanner {display:block; float:left; width:100%; height:529px; margin-left:-20px; margin-bottom:0px; } </style> <script type='text/javascript' src='http://ajax.googleapis.com/ajax/libs/jquery/1.3.2/jquery.min.js?ver=1.3.2'></script> <script type="text/javascript"> $(document).ready(function() { $("#footer").stickyFooter(); }); // sticky footer plugin (function($) { var footer; $.fn.extend({ stickyFooter: function(options) { footer = this; positionFooter(); $(window) .scroll(positionFooter) .resize(positionFooter); function positionFooter() { var docHeight = $(document.body).height() - $("#sticky-footer-push").height(); if (docHeight < $(window).height()) { var diff = $(window).height() - docHeight; if (!$("#sticky-footer-push").length > 0) { $(footer).before('<div id="sticky-footer-push"></div>'); } $("#sticky-footer-push").height(diff); } } } }); })(jQuery); </script> </head> <body id="@@(categoria)@@"> <form id="form1" runat="server"> <asp:ScriptManager ID="ScriptManager1" runat="server" EnablePageMethods="true" AsyncPostBackTimeout="900"></asp:ScriptManager> <div id="container"> <asp:UpdatePanel ID="UpdatePanel1" runat="server"> <ContentTemplate> <div id="header"> <div id="headerlink"> <table width="100%" border="0"> <tr> <td height="77px;" width="67%"> <asp:ImageButton PostBackUrl="~/index.aspx" ImageUrl="~/images/Titulos/5.png" runat="server" alt="" name="screen_logo" width="257" hspace="10" vspace="10" border="0" id="screen_logo" title="" /> </td> <td valign="top" align="right" width="33%"> <table> <tr> <td> <asp:Label ID="lblFullMessage" Visible="false" runat="server" Font-Size="X-Small" ForeColor="White" Text="Please enter the {0}, {1} and {2} characters from your password."></asp:Label> </td> </tr> <tr valign="middle"> <td> <img src="../images/login.jpg"</td> <td valign="top"> <asp:TextBox runat="server" Height="16px" Font-Size="Small" ID="txtLogin" Width="100px"></asp:TextBox> <asp:Button ID="btnLogin" Height="20px" Font-Size="X-Small" runat="server" Text="Go" OnClick="btnLogin_Click" /> </td> </tr> <tr> <td> <asp:Label ID="lblError" Visible="false" runat="server" Font-Size="X-Small" ForeColor="Red" Text="Error"></asp:Label> </td> </tr> </table> </td> </tr> </table> </div> </div> </ContentTemplate> </asp:UpdatePanel> <ul id="nav" class="dropdown dropdown-horizontal"> <li><asp:HyperLink NavigateUrl="~/index.aspx" CssClass="dir" runat="server" ID="lnk1">Home</asp:HyperLink></li> <li><asp:HyperLink NavigateUrl="~/PublicSide/link.aspx" CssClass="dir" runat="server" ID="lnk3">link</asp:HyperLink></li> <li><asp:HyperLink NavigateUrl="~/PublicSide/link.aspx" CssClass="dir" runat="server" ID="lnk4">link</asp:HyperLink></li> <li><asp:HyperLink NavigateUrl="~/PublicSide/link.aspx" CssClass="dir" runat="server" ID="lnk7">link</asp:HyperLink></li> <li><asp:HyperLink NavigateUrl="~/PublicSide/link.aspx" CssClass="dir" runat="server" ID="lnk5">link</asp:HyperLink></li> <li><asp:HyperLink NavigateUrl="~/PublicSide/link.aspx" CssClass="dir" runat="server" ID="lnk2">link</asp:HyperLink></li> <li><asp:HyperLink NavigateUrl="~/PublicSide/link.aspx" CssClass="dir" runat="server" ID="lnk6">link</asp:HyperLink></li> </ul> <div id="wmfg"> </div> <div id="content"><asp:ContentPlaceHolder ID="Content1" runat="server"> </asp:ContentPlaceHolder></div> <div id="footer">Footer</div> </div> </form> </body> </html>

    Read the article

  • Receive MMS images and make album using iamge using j2me

    - by Abdul Basit
    I am trying to made application which receive MMS images and make a album from them user can view the pictures while running this application. I am facing problem while running application on mobile. while this application is fully working in wireless tookit emulator. Please guide me to fix this problem.`//package hello; import javax.microedition.midlet.; import javax.microedition.lcdui.; import javax.wireless.messaging.*; import java.io.IOException; import java.util.Vector; import javax.microedition.io.Connector; import javax.microedition.lcdui.Display; //, ItemStateListener public class MMSS extends MIDlet implements CommandListener, Runnable, MessageListener { //-----------------------------------Receive MMS --------------------------- private Thread mReceiver = null; private boolean mEndNow = false; private Message msg = null; String msgReceived = null; private Image[] receivedImage = new Image[5]; private Command mExitCommand = new Command("Exit", Command.EXIT, 2); private Command mRedCommand = new Command("Back", Command.SCREEN, 1); private Command mBlueCommand = new Command("Next", Command.SCREEN, 1); private Command mPlay = new Command("Play", Command.SCREEN, 1); protected static final String DEFAULT_IMAGE = "/MMSS_logo.jpg"; //protected static final String DEFAULT_IMAGE = "/wait.png"; private Display mDisplay = null; //protected ImageItem mColorSquare = null; protected Image mInitialImage = null; private String mAppID = "MMSMIDlet"; private TextField imageName = null; //private Form mForm = null; private int count = 0; private int next = 0; private Integer mMonitor = new Integer(0); //----------------------------------- End Receive MMS --------------------------- private boolean midletPaused = false; private Command exitCommand; private Command exitCommand1; private Command backCommand; private Form form; private StringItem stringItem; private ImageItem imageItem; private Image image1; private Alert alert; private List locationList; private Alert cannotAddLocationAlert; public MMSS() { } /** * Initilizes the application. * It is called only once when the MIDlet is started. The method is called before the startMIDlet method. */ private void initialize() { } /** * Performs an action assigned to the Mobile Device - MIDlet Started point. */ public void startMIDlet() { // write pre-action user code here switchDisplayable(null, getForm()); // write post-action user code here } /** * Performs an action assigned to the Mobile Device - MIDlet Resumed point. */ public void resumeMIDlet() { } /** * Switches a current displayable in a display. The display instance is taken from getDisplay method. This method is used by all actions in the design for switching displayable. * @param alert the Alert which is temporarily set to the display; if null, then nextDisplayable is set immediately * @param nextDisplayable the Displayable to be set / public void switchDisplayable(Alert alert, Displayable nextDisplayable) {//GEN-END:|5-switchDisplayable|0|5-preSwitch // write pre-switch user code here Display display = getDisplay();//GEN-BEGIN:|5-switchDisplayable|1|5-postSwitch if (alert == null) { display.setCurrent(nextDisplayable); } else { display.setCurrent(alert, nextDisplayable); } } /* * Called by a system to indicated that a command has been invoked on a particular displayable. * @param command the Command that was invoked * @param displayable the Displayable where the command was invoked */ public void commandAction(Command command, Displayable displayable) { // write pre-action user code here if (displayable == form) { if (command == exitCommand) { // write pre-action user code here exitMIDlet(); // write post-action user code here } } // write post-action user code here } /** * Returns an initiliazed instance of exitCommand component. * @return the initialized component instance */ public Command getExitCommand() { if (exitCommand == null) { // write pre-init user code here exitCommand = new Command("Exit", Command.EXIT, 0); // write post-init user code here } return exitCommand; } /** * Returns an initiliazed instance of form component. * @return the initialized component instance */ public Form getForm() { if (form == null) { // write pre-init user code here form = new Form("Welcome to MMSS", new Item[] { getStringItem(), getImageItem() }); form.addCommand(getExitCommand()); form.setCommandListener(this); // write post-init user code here } return form; } /** * Returns an initiliazed instance of stringItem component. * @return the initialized component instance */ public StringItem getStringItem() { if (stringItem == null) { // write pre-init user code here stringItem = new StringItem("Hello", "Hello, World!"); // write post-init user code here } return stringItem; } /** * Returns an initiliazed instance of exitCommand1 component. * @return the initialized component instance / public Command getExitCommand1() { if (exitCommand1 == null) { // write pre-init user code here exitCommand1 = new Command("Exit", Command.EXIT, 0); // write post-init user code here } return exitCommand1; } /* * Returns an initiliazed instance of imageItem component. * @return the initialized component instance */ public ImageItem getImageItem() { if (imageItem == null) { // write pre-init user code here imageItem = new ImageItem("imageItem", getImage1(), ImageItem.LAYOUT_CENTER | Item.LAYOUT_TOP | Item.LAYOUT_BOTTOM | Item.LAYOUT_VCENTER | Item.LAYOUT_EXPAND | Item.LAYOUT_VEXPAND, "");//GEN-LINE:|26-getter|1|26-postInit // write post-init user code here } return imageItem; } /** * Returns an initiliazed instance of image1 component. * @return the initialized component instance */ public Image getImage1() { if (image1 == null) { // write pre-init user code here try { image1 = Image.createImage("/B.jpg"); } catch (java.io.IOException e) { e.printStackTrace(); } // write post-init user code here } return image1; } /** * Returns a display instance. * @return the display instance. */ public Display getDisplay () { return Display.getDisplay(this); } /** * Exits MIDlet. */ public void exitMIDlet() { switchDisplayable (null, null); destroyApp(true); notifyDestroyed(); } /** * Called when MIDlet is started. * Checks whether the MIDlet have been already started and initialize/starts or resumes the MIDlet. */ public void startApp() { if (midletPaused) { resumeMIDlet (); } else { initialize (); startMIDlet (); } midletPaused = false; /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// try { conn = (MessageConnection) Connector.open("mms://:" + mAppID); conn.setMessageListener(this); } catch (Exception e) { System.out.println("startApp caught: "); e.printStackTrace(); } if (conn != null) { startReceive(); } /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// /////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////////// } /** * Called when MIDlet is paused. */ public void pauseApp() { midletPaused = true; mEndNow = true; try { conn.setMessageListener(null); conn.close(); } catch (IOException ex) { System.out.println("pausetApp caught: "); ex.printStackTrace(); } } /** * Called to signal the MIDlet to terminate. * @param unconditional if true, then the MIDlet has to be unconditionally terminated and all resources has to be released. */ public void destroyApp(boolean unconditional) { mEndNow = true; try { conn.close(); } catch (IOException ex) { System.out.println("destroyApp caught: "); ex.printStackTrace(); } } private void startReceive() { mEndNow = false; //---- Start receive thread mReceiver = new Thread(this); mReceiver.start(); } protected MessageConnection conn = null; protected int mMsgAvail = 0; // -------------------- Get Next Images ------------------------------------ private void getMessage() { synchronized(mMonitor) { mMsgAvail++; mMonitor.notify(); } } // -------------------- Display Images Thread ------------------------------ public void notifyIncomingMessage(MessageConnection msgConn) { if (msgConn == conn) getMessage(); } public void itemStateChanged(Item item) { throw new UnsupportedOperationException("Not supported yet."); } class SetImage implements Runnable { private Image img = null; public SetImage(Image inImg) { img = inImg; } public void run() { imageItem.setImage(img); imageName.setString(Integer.toString(count)); } } public void run() { mMsgAvail = 0; while (!mEndNow) { synchronized(mMonitor) { // Enter monitor if (mMsgAvail <= 0) try { mMonitor.wait(); } catch (InterruptedException ex) { } mMsgAvail--; } try { msg = conn.receive(); if (msg instanceof MultipartMessage) { MultipartMessage mpm = (MultipartMessage)msg; MessagePart[] parts = mpm.getMessageParts(); if (parts != null) { for (int i = 0; i < parts.length; i++) { MessagePart mp = parts[i]; byte[] ba = mp.getContent(); receivedImage[count] = Image.createImage(ba, 0, ba.length); } Display.getDisplay(this).callSerially(new SetImage(receivedImage[count])); } } } catch (IOException e) { System.out.println("Receive thread caught: "); e.printStackTrace(); } count++; } // of while } } `

    Read the article

  • Trying to find USB device on iphone with IOKit.framework

    - by HuGeek
    Hi all, i'm working on a project were i need the usb port to communicate with a external device. I have been looking for exemple on the net (Apple and /developer/IOKit/usb exemple) and trying some other but i can't even find the device. In my code i blocking at the place where the fucntion looks for a next iterator (pointer in fact) with the function getNextIterator but never returns a good value so the code is blocking. By the way i am using toolchain and added IOKit.framework in my project. All i what right now is the communicate or do like a ping to someone on the USB bus!! I blocking in the 'FindDevice'....i can't manage to enter in the while because the variable usbDevice is always = to 0....i have tested my code in a small mac program and it works... Thanks Here is my code : IOReturn ConfigureDevice(IOUSBDeviceInterface **dev) { UInt8 numConfig; IOReturn result; IOUSBConfigurationDescriptorPtr configDesc; //Get the number of configurations result = (*dev)->GetNumberOfConfigurations(dev, &numConfig); if (!numConfig) { return -1; } // Get the configuration descriptor result = (*dev)->GetConfigurationDescriptorPtr(dev, 0, &configDesc); if (result) { NSLog(@"Couldn't get configuration descriptior for index %d (err=%08x)\n", 0, result); return -1; } ifdef OSX_DEBUG NSLog(@"Number of Configurations: %d\n", numConfig); endif // Configure the device result = (*dev)->SetConfiguration(dev, configDesc->bConfigurationValue); if (result) { NSLog(@"Unable to set configuration to value %d (err=%08x)\n", 0, result); return -1; } return kIOReturnSuccess; } IOReturn FindInterfaces(IOUSBDeviceInterface *dev, IOUSBInterfaceInterface **itf) { IOReturn kr; IOUSBFindInterfaceRequest request; io_iterator_t iterator; io_service_t usbInterface; IOUSBInterfaceInterface **intf = NULL; IOCFPlugInInterface **plugInInterface = NULL; HRESULT res; SInt32 score; UInt8 intfClass; UInt8 intfSubClass; UInt8 intfNumEndpoints; int pipeRef; CFRunLoopSourceRef runLoopSource; NSLog(@"Debut FindInterfaces \n"); request.bInterfaceClass = kIOUSBFindInterfaceDontCare; request.bInterfaceSubClass = kIOUSBFindInterfaceDontCare; request.bInterfaceProtocol = kIOUSBFindInterfaceDontCare; request.bAlternateSetting = kIOUSBFindInterfaceDontCare; kr = (*dev)->CreateInterfaceIterator(dev, &request, &iterator); usbInterface = IOIteratorNext(iterator); IOObjectRelease(iterator); NSLog(@"Interface found.\n"); kr = IOCreatePlugInInterfaceForService(usbInterface, kIOUSBInterfaceUserClientTypeID, kIOCFPlugInInterfaceID, &plugInInterface, &score); kr = IOObjectRelease(usbInterface); // done with the usbInterface object now that I have the plugin if ((kIOReturnSuccess != kr) || !plugInInterface) { NSLog(@"unable to create a plugin (%08x)\n", kr); return -1; } // I have the interface plugin. I need the interface interface res = (*plugInInterface)->QueryInterface(plugInInterface, CFUUIDGetUUIDBytes(kIOUSBInterfaceInterfaceID), (LPVOID*) &intf); (*plugInInterface)->Release(plugInInterface); // done with this if (res || !intf) { NSLog(@"couldn't create an IOUSBInterfaceInterface (%08x)\n", (int) res); return -1; } // Now open the interface. This will cause the pipes to be instantiated that are // associated with the endpoints defined in the interface descriptor. kr = (*intf)->USBInterfaceOpen(intf); if (kIOReturnSuccess != kr) { NSLog(@"unable to open interface (%08x)\n", kr); (void) (*intf)->Release(intf); return -1; } kr = (*intf)->CreateInterfaceAsyncEventSource(intf, &runLoopSource); if (kIOReturnSuccess != kr) { NSLog(@"unable to create async event source (%08x)\n", kr); (void) (*intf)->USBInterfaceClose(intf); (void) (*intf)->Release(intf); return -1; } CFRunLoopAddSource(CFRunLoopGetCurrent(), runLoopSource, kCFRunLoopDefaultMode); if (!intf) { NSLog(@"Interface is NULL!\n"); } else { *itf = intf; } NSLog(@"End of FindInterface \n \n"); return kr; } unsigned int FindDevice(void *refCon, io_iterator_t iterator) { kern_return_t kr; io_service_t usbDevice; IOCFPlugInInterface **plugInInterface = NULL; HRESULT result; SInt32 score; UInt16 vendor; UInt16 product; UInt16 release; unsigned int count = 0; NSLog(@"Searching Device....\n"); while (usbDevice = IOIteratorNext(iterator)) { // create intermediate plug-in NSLog(@"Found a device!\n"); kr = IOCreatePlugInInterfaceForService(usbDevice, kIOUSBDeviceUserClientTypeID, kIOCFPlugInInterfaceID, &plugInInterface, &score); kr = IOObjectRelease(usbDevice); if ((kIOReturnSuccess != kr) || !plugInInterface) { NSLog(@"Unable to create a plug-in (%08x)\n", kr); continue; } // Now create the device interface result = (*plugInInterface)->QueryInterface(plugInInterface, CFUUIDGetUUIDBytes(kIOUSBDeviceInterfaceID), (LPVOID)&dev); // Don't need intermediate Plug-In Interface (*plugInInterface)->Release(plugInInterface); if (result || !dev) { NSLog(@"Couldn't create a device interface (%08x)\n", (int)result); continue; } // check these values for confirmation kr = (*dev)->GetDeviceVendor(dev, &vendor); kr = (*dev)->GetDeviceProduct(dev, &product); //kr = (*dev)->GetDeviceReleaseNumber(dev, &release); //if ((vendor != LegoUSBVendorID) || (product != LegoUSBProductID) || (release != LegoUSBRelease)) { if ((vendor != LegoUSBVendorID) || (product != LegoUSBProductID)) { NSLog(@"Found unwanted device (vendor = %d != %d, product = %d != %d, release = %d)\n", vendor, kUSBVendorID, product, LegoUSBProductID, release); (void) (*dev)-Release(dev); continue; } // Open the device to change its state kr = (*dev)->USBDeviceOpen(dev); if (kr == kIOReturnSuccess) { count++; } else { NSLog(@"Unable to open device: %08x\n", kr); (void) (*dev)->Release(dev); continue; } // Configure device kr = ConfigureDevice(dev); if (kr != kIOReturnSuccess) { NSLog(@"Unable to configure device: %08x\n", kr); (void) (*dev)->USBDeviceClose(dev); (void) (*dev)->Release(dev); continue; } break; } return count; } // USB rcx Init IOUSBInterfaceInterface** osx_usb_rcx_init (void) { CFMutableDictionaryRef matchingDict; kern_return_t result; IOUSBInterfaceInterface **intf = NULL; unsigned int device_count = 0; // Create master handler result = IOMasterPort(MACH_PORT_NULL, &gMasterPort); if (result || !gMasterPort) { NSLog(@"ERR: Couldn't create master I/O Kit port(%08x)\n", result); return NULL; } else { NSLog(@"Created Master Port.\n"); NSLog(@"Master port 0x:08X \n \n", gMasterPort); } // Set up the matching dictionary for class IOUSBDevice and its subclasses matchingDict = IOServiceMatching(kIOUSBDeviceClassName); if (!matchingDict) { NSLog(@"Couldn't create a USB matching dictionary \n"); mach_port_deallocate(mach_task_self(), gMasterPort); return NULL; } else { NSLog(@"USB matching dictionary : %08X \n", matchingDict); } CFDictionarySetValue(matchingDict, CFSTR(kUSBVendorID), CFNumberCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, kCFNumberShortType, &LegoUSBVendorID)); CFDictionarySetValue(matchingDict, CFSTR(kUSBProductID), CFNumberCreate(kCFAllocatorDefault, kCFNumberShortType, &LegoUSBProductID)); result = IOServiceGetMatchingServices(gMasterPort, matchingDict, &gRawAddedIter); matchingDict = 0; // this was consumed by the above call // Iterate over matching devices to access already present devices NSLog(@"RawAddedIter : 0x:%08X \n", &gRawAddedIter); device_count = FindDevice(NULL, gRawAddedIter); if (device_count == 1) { result = FindInterfaces(dev, &intf); if (kIOReturnSuccess != result) { NSLog(@"unable to find interfaces on device: %08x\n", result); (*dev)-USBDeviceClose(dev); (*dev)-Release(dev); return NULL; } // osx_usb_rcx_wakeup(intf); return intf; } else if (device_count 1) { NSLog(@"too many matching devices (%d) !\n", device_count); } else { NSLog(@"no matching devices found\n"); } return NULL; } int main(int argc, char *argv[]) { int returnCode; NSAutoreleasePool * pool = [[NSAutoreleasePool alloc] init]; NSLog(@"Debut du programme \n \n"); osx_usb_rcx_init(); NSLog(@"Fin du programme \n \n"); return 0; // returnCode = UIApplicationMain(argc, argv, @"Untitled1App", @"Untitled1App"); // [pool release]; // return returnCode; }

    Read the article

  • MS Word Macro - Numeric field insertion with automatic calculation at end of page

    - by Will
    Hi, I am trying to duplicate a feature that exists in Multimate (Ashton Tate) word processor. Yes, the one that hasnt been supported for 20 years! If I can duplicate this one feature I can get all the users off MM and onto Word. The documents they create are billing documents. they consist of a descriptive paragraph of any length on the left side of the page, and a billing amount at the end of the paragraph over on the right hand side, like this (excuse the imperfect formatting).... +-----------------whole page--------------------+ |                                                                    | |    pppp-para 1-pppppppppp                   | |    p                                         p                   | |    p                                         p                   | |    p                                         p                   | |    p                                         p                   | |    p                                         p                   | |    p                                         p                   | |    pppppppppppppppppppp      $$$$$  | |                                                                    |  |                                                                    |  |    pppp-para 2-pppppppppp                   | |    p                                         p                   | |    p                                         p                   | |    p                                         p                   | |    p                                         p                   | |    p                                         p                   | |    p                                         p                   | |    pppppppppppppppppppp      $$$$$  | |                                                                    |  |                                                                    |  |                             etc                                  | +-----------------------------------------------------+ some of these bills can be a few hundred pages and have a dozen or so paragraphs on each page, which is why none of the users will leave MM until this efficient little feature can be duplicated. The thing that MM does really easily is that there is a function key that they can press at any time that will - - jump the cursor from the paragraph they are writing over to the right hand side - create a numeric field - allow them to enter a number into the numeric field - return them to the left hand side to start a new paragraph What MM also does is automatically total the numeric fields on each page and create a subtotal in the page footer. it also creates a total for the entire document and puts this in the footer of the last page. I would like to duplicate this feature in word with a macro, but have no idea where to start. Any suggestions or code would be great, thanks, will.

    Read the article

  • lnk2019 error in very simple c++ program

    - by Erin
    I have tried removing various parts and building, but nothing makes the lnk2019 error go away, or even produces any normal errors. Everything is in the one file at the moment (it won't be later when it is finished). The program has three lists of words and makes a jargon phrase out of them, and you are supposed to be able to add words, remove words, view the lists, restore defaults, save changes to file, and load changes from file. #include "stdafx.h" #include <iostream> #include <string.h> using namespace std; const int maxlist = 20; string adj1[maxlist], adj2[maxlist], noun[maxlist]; void defaultlist(int list) { if(list == 1) { adj1[0] = "green"; adj1[1] = "red"; adj1[2] = "yellow"; adj1[3] = "blue"; adj1[4] = "purple"; int i = 5; while(i != maxlist) { adj1[i] = ""; i = i + 1; } } if(list == 2) { adj2[0] = "shiny"; adj2[1] = "hard"; adj2[2] = "soft"; adj2[3] = "spiky"; adj2[4] = "furry"; int i = 5; while(i != maxlist) { adj2[i] = ""; i = i + 1; } } if(list == 3) { noun[0] = "cat"; noun[1] = "dog"; noun[2] = "desk"; noun[3] = "chair"; noun[4] = "door"; int i = 5; while(i != maxlist) { noun[i] = ""; i = i + 1; } } return; } void printlist(int list) { if(list == 1) { int i = 0; while(!(i == maxlist)) { cout << adj1[i] << endl; i = i + 1; } } if(list == 2) { int i = 0; while(!(i == maxlist)) { cout << adj2[i] << endl; i = i + 1; } } if(list == 3) { int i = 0; while(!(i == maxlist)) { cout << noun[i] << endl; i = i + 1; } } return; } string makephrase() { int num1 = rand()%maxlist; int num2 = rand()%maxlist; int num3 = rand()%maxlist; int num4 = rand()%1; string word1, word2, word3; if(num4 = 0) { word1 = adj1[num1]; word2 = adj2[num2]; } else { word1 = adj2[num1]; word2 = adj1[num2]; } word3 = noun[num3]; return word1 + " ," + word2 + " " + word3; } string addword(string word, int list) { string result; if(list == 1) { int i = 0; while(!(adj1[i] == "" || i == maxlist)) { i = i + 1; } if(i == maxlist) result = "List is full. Please try again."; if(adj1[i] == "") { adj1[i] = word; result = "Word was entered successfully."; } } if(list == 2) { int i = 0; while(!(adj2[i] == "" || i == maxlist)) { i = i + 1; } if(i == maxlist) result = "List is full. Please try again."; if(adj2[i] == "") { adj2[i] = word; result = "Word was entered successfully."; } } if(list == 3) { int i = 0; while(!(noun[i] == "" || i == maxlist)) { i = i + 1; } if(i == maxlist) result = "List is full. Please try again."; if(noun[i] == "") { noun[i] = word; result = "Word was entered successfully."; } } return result; } string removeword(string word, int list) { string result; if(list == 1) { int i = 0; while(!(adj1[i] == word || i == maxlist)) { i = i + 1; } if(i == maxlist) result = "Word is not on the list. Please try again."; if(adj1[i] == word) { adj1[i] = ""; result = "Word was removed successfully."; } } if(list == 2) { int i = 0; while(!(adj2[i] == word || i == maxlist)) { i = i + 1; } if(i == maxlist) result = "Word is not on the list. Please try again."; if(adj2[i] == word) { adj2[i] = ""; result = "Word was removed successfully."; } } if(list == 3) { int i = 0; while(!(noun[i] == word || i == maxlist)) { i = i + 1; } if(i == maxlist) result = "Word is not on the list. Please try again."; if(noun[i] == word) { noun[i] = ""; result = "Word was removed successfully."; } } return result; } /////////////////////////////main/////////////////////////////////// int main() { string mainselection; string makeselection; string phrase; defaultlist(1); defaultlist(2); defaultlist(3); cout << "This program generates jargon phrases made of two adjectives and one noun,"; cout << " on three lists. Each list may contain a maximum of " << maxlist << "elements."; cout << " Please choose from the following menu by typing the appropriate number "; cout << "and pressing enter." << endl; cout << endl; cout << "1. Make a jargon phrase." << endl; cout << "2. View a list." << endl; cout << "3. Add a word to a list." << endl; cout << "4. Remove a word from a list." << endl; cout << "5. Restore default lists." << endl; cout << "More options coming soon!." << endl; cin mainselection if(mainselection == 1) { phrase = makephrase(); cout << "Your phrase is " << phrase << "." << endl; cout << "To make another phrase, press 1. To go back to the main menu,"; cout << " press 2. To exit the program, press 3." << endl; cin makeselection; while(!(makeselection == "1" || makeselection == "2" || makeselection == "3")) { cout << "You have entered an invalid selection. Please try again." << endl; cin makeselection; } while(makeselection == "1") { phrase = makephrase(); cout << "To make another phrase, press 1. To go back to the main menu,"; cout << " press 2. To exit the program, press 3." << endl; } if(makeselection == "2") main(); if(makeselection == "3") return 0; } return 0; } //Rest of the options coming soon!

    Read the article

  • Cache Class compilation error using parent-child relationships and cache sql storage

    - by Fred Altman
    I have the global listed below that I'm trying to create a couple of cache classes using sql stoarage for: ^WHEAIPP(1,26,1)=2 ^WHEAIPP(1,26,1,1)="58074^^SMSNARE^58311" 2)="58074^59128^MPHILLIPS^59135" ^WHEAIPP(1,29,1)=2 ^WHEAIPP(1,29,1,1)="58074^^SMSNARE^58311" 2)="58074^59128^MPHILLIPS^59135" ^WHEAIPP(1,93,1)=2 ^WHEAIPP(1,93,1,1)="58884^^SSNARE^58948" 2)="58884^59128^MPHILLIPS^59135" ^WHEAIPP(1,166,1)=2 ^WHEAIPP(1,166,1,1)="58407^^SMSNARE^58420" 2)="58407^59128^MPHILLIPS^59135" ^WHEAIPP(1,324,1)=2 ^WHEAIPP(1,324,1,1)="58884^^SSNARE^58948" 2)="58884^59128^MPHILLIPS^59135" ^WHEAIPP(1,419,1)=3 ^WHEAIPP(1,419,1,1)="59707^^SSNARE^59708" 2)="59707^^MPHILLIPS^59910,58000^^^^" 3)="59707^59981^SSNARE^60117,53241^^^^" The first two subscripts of the global (Hmo and Keen) make a unique entry. The third subscript (Seq) has a property (IppLineCount) which is the number of IppLines in the fourth subscript level (Seq2). I create the class WIppProv below which is the parent class: /// <PRE> /// ============================ /// Generated Class Definition /// Table: WMCA_B_IPP_PROV /// Generated by: FXALTMAN /// Generated on: 05/21/2012 13:46:41 /// Generator: XWESTblClsGenV2 /// ---------------------------- /// </PRE> Class XFXA.MCA.WIppProv Extends (%Persistent, %XML.Adaptor) [ ClassType = persistent, Inheritance = right, ProcedureBlock, StorageStrategy = SQLMapping ] { /// .HMO Property Hmo As %Integer; /// .KEEN Property Keen As %Integer; /// .SEQ Property Seq As %String; Property IppLineCount As %Integer; Index iMaster On (Hmo, Keen, Seq) [ IdKey, Unique ]; Relationship IppLines As XFXA.MCA.WIppProvLine [ Cardinality = many, Inverse = relWIppProv ]; <Storage name="SQLMapping"> <DataLocation>^WHEAIPP</DataLocation> <ExtentSize>1000000</ExtentSize> <SQLMap name="DBMS"> <Data name="IppLineCount"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>1</Piece> </Data> <Global>^WHEAIPP</Global> <PopulationType>full</PopulationType> <Subscript name="1"> <AccessType>Sub</AccessType> <Expression>{Hmo}</Expression> <LoopInitValue>1</LoopInitValue> </Subscript> <Subscript name="2"> <AccessType>Sub</AccessType> <Expression>{Keen}</Expression> </Subscript> <Subscript name="3"> <AccessType>Sub</AccessType> <LoopInitValue>1</LoopInitValue> <Expression>{Seq}</Expression> </Subscript> <Type>data</Type> </SQLMap> <StreamLocation>^XFXA.MCA.WIppProvS</StreamLocation> <Type>%Library.CacheSQLStorage</Type> </Storage> } This class compiles fine. Next I created the WIppProvLine class listed below and made a parent-child relationship between the two: /// Used to represent a single line of IPP data Class XFXA.MCA.WIppProvLine Extends (%Persistent, %XML.Adaptor) [ ClassType = persistent, Inheritance = right, ProcedureBlock, StorageStrategy = SQLMapping ] { /// .CLM_AMT_ALLOWED node: 0 piece: 6<BR> /// This field should be used in conjunction with the Claim Operator field to /// define a whole claim dollar amount at which a particular claim should be /// flagged with a Pend status. Property ClmAmtAllowed As %String; /// .CLM_LINE_AMT_ALLOWED node: 0 piece: 8<BR> /// This field should be used in conjunction with the Clm Line Operator field to /// define a claim line dollar amount at which a particular claim should be flagged /// with a Pend status. Property ClmLineAmtAllowed As %String; /// .CLM_LINE_OP node: 0 piece: 7<BR> /// A new Table/Column Reference that gives the SIU (Special Investigative Unit) /// the ability to look for claim line dollars above, below, or equal to a set /// amount. Property ClmLineOp As %String; /// .CLM_OP node: 0 piece: 5<BR> /// A new Table/Column Reference that gives the SIU (Special Investigative Unit) /// the ability to look for claim dollars above, below, or equal to a set amount. Property ClmOp As %String; Property EffDt As %Date; Property Hmo As %Integer; /// .IPP_REASON node: 0 piece: 10<BR> /// IPP Reason Code Property IppCode As %Integer; Property Keen As %Integer; /// .LAST_CHG_DT node: 0 piece: 4<BR> /// Last Changed Date Property LastChgDt As %Date; /// .PX_DX_CDE_FLAG node: 0 piece: 9<BR> /// A Flag to indicate whether or not Procedure Codes or Diagnosis Codes are to be /// associated with this SIU Flag Type Entry. If the Flag = Y, then control would /// jump to a new screen where the user can enter the necessary codes. Property PxDxCdeFlag As %String; Property Seq As %String; Property Seq2 As %String; Index iMaster On (Hmo, Keen, Seq, Seq2) [ IdKey, PrimaryKey, Unique ]; /// .TERM_DT node: 0 piece: 2<BR> /// Term Date Property TermDt As %Date; /// .USER_INI node: 0 piece: 3 Property UserIni As %String; Relationship relWIppProv As XFXA.MCA.WIppProv [ Cardinality = one, Inverse = IppLines ]; Index relWIppProvIndex On relWIppProv; //Index NewIndex1 On (RelWIppProv, Seq2) [ IdKey, PrimaryKey, Unique ]; <Storage name="SQLMapping"> <ExtentSize>1000000</ExtentSize> <SQLMap name="DBMS"> <ConditionalWithHostVars></ConditionalWithHostVars> <Data name="ClmAmtAllowed"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>6</Piece> </Data> <Data name="ClmLineAmtAllowed"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>8</Piece> </Data> <Data name="ClmLineOp"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>7</Piece> </Data> <Data name="ClmOp"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>5</Piece> </Data> <Data name="EffDt"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>1</Piece> </Data> <Data name="Hmo"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>11</Piece> </Data> <Data name="IppCode"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>10</Piece> </Data> <Data name="LastChgDt"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>4</Piece> </Data> <Data name="PxDxCdeFlag"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>9</Piece> </Data> <Data name="TermDt"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>2</Piece> </Data> <Data name="UserIni"> <Delimiter>"^"</Delimiter> <Node>+0</Node> <Piece>3</Piece> </Data> <Global>^WHEAIPP</Global> <Subscript name="1"> <AccessType>Sub</AccessType> <Expression>{Hmo}</Expression> <LoopInitValue>1</LoopInitValue> </Subscript> <Subscript name="2"> <AccessType>Sub</AccessType> <Expression>{Keen}</Expression> <LoopInitValue>1</LoopInitValue> </Subscript> <Subscript name="3"> <AccessType>Sub</AccessType> <Expression>{Seq}</Expression> <LoopInitValue>1</LoopInitValue> </Subscript> <Subscript name="4"> <AccessType>Sub</AccessType> <Expression>{Seq2}</Expression> <LoopInitValue>1</LoopInitValue> </Subscript> <Type>data</Type> </SQLMap> <StreamLocation>^XFXA.MCA.WIppProvLineS</StreamLocation> <Type>%Library.CacheSQLStorage</Type> </Storage> } When I try to compile this one I get the following error: ERROR #5502: Error compiling SQL Table 'XFXA_MCA.WIppProvLine %msg: Table XFXA_MCA.WIppProvLine has the following unmapped (not defined on the data map) fields: relWIppProv' ERROR #5030: An error occurred while compiling class XFXA.MCA.WIppProvLine Detected 1 errors during compilation in 2.745s. What am I doing wrong? Thanks in Advance, Fred

    Read the article

  • Php code works on every browser but not on IE8, help please

    - by DomingoSL
    I think the error has to be in a incompatibility with IE8 and the cookies manipulation, cuz in IE8 you can see the password and login asking screen but when you enter the data and send it the browser seems to do nothing, this is a url you were you can try my code: http://200.8.27.127/tiempo/teacher.php and this is the code: <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head> <meta content="it" http-equiv="Content-Language" /> <meta content="text/html; charset=utf-8" http-equiv="Content-Type" /> <title>Formulario</title> <style type="text/css"> h1 { font: 50px Tahoma, Helvetica, Arial, Sans-Serif; text-align: center; color: #111; text-shadow: 0px 2px 3px #555; } h2 { font: 14px Tahoma, Helvetica, Arial, Sans-Serif; text-align: center; color: #CCC; text-shadow: 0px 1px 2px #555; } h3 { font: 10px Tahoma, Helvetica, Arial, Sans-Serif; text-align: center; color: #CCC; } b1 { font: 16px Tahoma, Helvetica, Arial, Sans-Serif; color: #DDD; } b2 { font: 10px Tahoma, Helvetica, Arial, Sans-Serif; color: #F9F7ED; } .caja { width: 690px; height: 40px; background-color: transparent; border: 0px solid #000000; font-size:x-large; color: #222; font-family: 'Trebuchet MS', 'Lucida Sans Unicode', 'Lucida Grande', 'Lucida Sans', Arial, sans-serif; font-weight: bold;" size="299"; } .style1 { text-align: right; } </style> </head> <body style="background-image: url('IMG/bg.png')"> <script type="text/javascript" src="JS/jquery-1.4.2.min.js"></script> <script type="text/javascript" src="JS/jquery.notifications-1.1.min.js"></script> <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="JS/jquery.notifications.css" /> <script> function checkCharCount(textfield) { if(textfield.value.length > 300) textfield.value = textfield.value.substr(0, 300); document.getElementById("charCounter").innerHTML = 300 - textfield.value.length; } </script> <?php include("/LIB/HeadSQL.php"); include("/LIB/error.php"); if (isset($_COOKIE['ID_tablon'])) { $username = $_COOKIE['ID_tablon']; $pass = $_COOKIE['Key_tablon']; $check = mysql_query("SELECT * FROM usuarios WHERE nombre = '$username'") or die(mysql_error()); while($info = mysql_fetch_array( $check )) { if ($pass != $info['clave']) { login(); } else { entro($info['email'],$username); } } } else { login(); } function login() { if (isset($_POST['quiere'])) { if(!$_POST['username'] | !$_POST['pass']) { include("LIB/login.php"); error('Debes llenar todos los campos.',0); } else { $check = mysql_query("SELECT * FROM usuarios WHERE nombre = '".$_POST['username']."'") or die(mysql_error()); $check2 = mysql_num_rows($check); if ($check2 == 0) { include("LIB/login.php"); error('Ese usuario no existe.',0); } while($info = mysql_fetch_array( $check )) { $_POST['pass'] = stripslashes($_POST['pass']); $info['clave'] = stripslashes($info['clave']); //$_POST['pass'] = md5($_POST['pass']); if ($_POST['pass'] != $info['clave']) { include("LIB/login.php"); error('La clave es incorrecta.',0); } else { $_POST['username'] = stripslashes($_POST['username']); $hour = time() + 3600; setcookie("ID_tablon", $_POST['username'], $hour); setcookie("Key_tablon", $_POST['pass'], $hour); entro($info['email'],$_POST['username']); } } } } else { include("LIB/login.php"); } exit; } function entro($email,$username) { ?> <div id="todo" align="center" > <div id="cabeza" style="width:850px;height:100px"> </div> <div id="contenido" style="width:850px;height:420px;background-image: url(IMG/cuadro.png)" > <div id="titulo" style="width:765px;height:75px;padding-top: 18px;margin: auto;text-align: left;"> <b1>Bienvenido <b><?php echo($username); ?></b></b1><br> <?php $check = mysql_query("SELECT * FROM sms WHERE ref = '".$username."' ORDER BY fecha DESC LIMIT 0, 1") or die(mysql_error()); while($info = mysql_fetch_array( $check )) { echo("<b1> Tu ultimo mensaje enviado fue: </b1><b2>" . $info['texto'] . " enviado el " . $info['fecha'] . "</b2>"); } ?> </div> <form method="post"> <div id="formulario" style="width:850px;height:255px;margin-top: 10px"> <div id="foto" align="right" style="width:725px; height:40px;padding-top: 11px;margin: auto"> <?php $size = 60; $grav_url = "http://www.gravatar.com/avatar/" . md5( strtolower( $email ) ) . "?size=" . $size; $size = 256; $grav_urlB = "http://www.gravatar.com/avatar/" . md5( strtolower( $email ) ) . "?size=" . $size; echo('<img alt="Image" src="' . $grav_url . '" />'); ?> </div> <div id="texto" style="width:850px;height:29px; margin-top: 38px;margin-left: 4px"> <input name="sms" type="text" onKeyUp="checkCharCount(this)" class="caja" /> </div> <div id="botones" style="width:725px;height:27px; margin-top: 15px" class="style1"> <input name="usuario" type="hidden" value="<?php echo($username); ?>" /> <input name="Submit1" type="image" value="submit" src="IMG/envia.png" /> </div> <div id="resta" style="width:850px;height:29px; margin-top: 53px;margin-left: 4px"> <h2><span id="charCounter">300</span> caracteres restantes.</h2> <h3><a href=logout.php>Cerrar Sesion</a></h3> </div> </div> </form> </div> </div> </body> </html> <?php session_start(); if (isset($_POST['Submit1'])) { if (isset($_SESSION['token']) && (time() - $_SESSION['token']) < 5) { error('Debes esperar 5 segundos para poder enviar otra informacion.',0); } else { $_SESSION['token'] = time(); include("/LIB/HeadSQL.php"); include("/LIB/comprueba.php"); $insert = "INSERT INTO sms (ref, texto, fecha) VALUES ('" . addslashes($_POST['usuario']) . "', '" . addslashes($_POST['sms']) . "', NOW() )"; $add_member = mysql_query($insert); error("Tu mensage ha sido enviado con exito.",1); } } exit; } ?> do you think the isuue can be on the javascript? try the code firts with Firefox or google chrome, then try in IE8.

    Read the article

  • Check on every page to ensure user has validated as being over 18

    - by liquilife
    Hi Guys and Girls. I'm working on a website (tobacco related) that requires all visitors to validate they are over 18 before they can view the site. I have a form in place that validates the age but I'm at a dead end. How can I use this to store a cookie that they've passed the test and do a check on all pages to see if this check has already been passed or not? Any suggestions and help would be hugely appreciated! Below is my validation form: <!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Transitional//EN" "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-transitional.dtd"> <html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml"> <head> <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html; charset=UTF-8" /> <title>Validate</title> <script type="text/javascript" src="http://jqueryjs.googlecode.com/files/jquery-1.3.2.js"></script> <script language="javascript"> function checkAge() { var min_age = 18; var year = parseInt(document.forms["age_form"]["year"].value); var month = parseInt(document.forms["age_form"]["month"].value) - 1; var day = parseInt(document.forms["age_form"]["day"].value); var theirDate = new Date((year + min_age), month, day); var today = new Date; if ( (today.getTime() - theirDate.getTime()) < 0) { alert("You are too young to enter this site!"); return false; } else { return true; } } </script> </head> <body> <form action="index.html" name="age_form" method="get" id="age_form"> <select name="day" id="day"> <option value="0" selected>DAY</option> <option value="1">1</option> <option value="2">2</option> <option value="3">3</option> <option value="4">4</option> <option value="5">5</option> <option value="6">6</option> <option value="7">7</option> <option value="8">8</option> <option value="9">9</option> <option value="10">10</option> <option value="11">11</option> <option value="12">12</option> <option value="13">13</option> <option value="14">14</option> <option value="15">15</option> <option value="16">16</option> <option value="17">17</option> <option value="18">18</option> <option value="19">19</option> <option value="20">20</option> <option value="21">21</option> <option value="22">22</option> <option value="23">23</option> <option value="24">24</option> <option value="25">25</option> <option value="26">26</option> <option value="27">27</option> <option value="28">28</option> <option value="29">29</option> <option value="30">30</option> <option value="31">31</option> </select> <select name="month" id="month"> <option value="0" selected>MONTH</option> <option value="1">January</option> <option value="2">February</option> <option value="3">March</option> <option value="4">April</option> <option value="5">May</option> <option value="6">June</option> <option value="7">July</option> <option value="8">August</option> <option value="9">September</option> <option value="10">October</option> <option value="11">November</option> <option value="12">December</option> </select> <select name="year" id="year"> <option value="0" selected>YEAR</option> <option value="1920">1920</option> <option value="1921">1921</option> <option value="1922">1922</option> <option value="1923">1923</option> <option value="1924">1924</option> <option value="1925">1925</option> <option value="1926">1926</option> <option value="1927">1927</option> <option value="1928">1928</option> <option value="1929">1929</option> <option value="1930">1930</option> <option value="1931">1931</option> <option value="1932">1932</option> <option value="1933">1933</option> <option value="1934">1934</option> <option value="1935">1935</option> <option value="1936">1936</option> <option value="1937">1937</option> <option value="1938">1938</option> <option value="1939">1939</option> <option value="1940">1940</option> <option value="1941">1941</option> <option value="1942">1942</option> <option value="1943">1943</option> <option value="1944">1944</option> <option value="1945">1945</option> <option value="1946">1946</option> <option value="1947">1947</option> <option value="1948">1948</option> <option value="1949">1949</option> <option value="1950">1950</option> <option value="1951">1951</option> <option value="1952">1952</option> <option value="1953">1953</option> <option value="1954">1954</option> <option value="1955">1955</option> <option value="1956">1956</option> <option value="1957">1957</option> <option value="1958">1958</option> <option value="1959">1959</option> <option value="1960">1960</option> <option value="1961">1961</option> <option value="1962">1962</option> <option value="1963">1963</option> <option value="1964">1964</option> <option value="1965">1965</option> <option value="1966">1966</option> <option value="1967">1967</option> <option value="1968">1968</option> <option value="1969">1969</option> <option value="1970">1970</option> <option value="1971">1971</option> <option value="1972">1972</option> <option value="1973">1973</option> <option value="1974">1974</option> <option value="1975">1975</option> <option value="1976">1976</option> <option value="1977">1977</option> <option value="1978">1978</option> <option value="1979">1979</option> <option value="1980">1980</option> <option value="1981">1981</option> <option value="1982">1982</option> <option value="1983">1983</option> <option value="1984">1984</option> <option value="1985">1985</option> <option value="1986">1986</option> <option value="1987">1987</option> <option value="1988">1988</option> <option value="1989">1989</option> <option value="1990">1990</option> <option value="1991">1991</option> <option value="1992">1992</option> <option value="1993">1993</option> <option value="1994">1994</option> <option value="1995">1995</option> <option value="1996">1996</option> <option value="1997">1997</option> <option value="1998">1998</option> <option value="1999">1999</option> </select> </form> </body> </html>

    Read the article

  • Storing unique values into an array and comparing against a loop - PHP

    - by Aphex22
    I'm writing a PHP report which is designed to be exported purely as a CSV file, using commma delimiters. There are three columns relating to product_id, these three columns are as follows: SKU Parent / Child Parent SKU 12345 parent 12345 12345_1 child 12345 12345_2 child 12345 12345_3 child 12345 12345_4 child 12345 18099 parent 18099 18099_1 child 18099 Here's a link to the full CSV file: http://i.imgur.com/XELufRd.png At the moment the code looks like this: $sql = "select * from product WHERE on_amazon = 'on' AND active = 'on'"; $result = mysql_query($sql) or die ( mysql_error() );?> <? // set headers echo " Type, SKU, Parent / Child, Parent SKU, Product name, Manufacturer name, Gender, Product_description, Product price, Discount price, Quantity, Category, Photo 1, Photo 2, Photo 3, Photo 4, Photo 5, Photo 6, Photo 7, Photo 8, Color id, Color name, Size name <br> "; // load all stock while ($line = mysql_fetch_assoc($result) ) { ?> <?php // Loop through each possible size variation to see whether any of the quantity column has stock > 0 $con_size = array (35,355,36,37,375,38,385,39,395,40,405,41,415,42,425,43,435,44,445,45,455,46,465,47,475,48,485); $arrlength=count($con_size); for($x=0;$x<$arrlength;$x++) { // check if size is available if($line['quantity_c_size_'.$con_size[$x].'_chain'] > 0 ) { ?> <? echo 'Shoes'; ?>, <?=$line['product_id']?>, , , <?=$line['title']?>, <? $brand = $line['jys_brand']; echo ucfirst($brand); ?>, <? $gender = $line['category']; if ($gender == 'Mens') { echo 'H'; } else{ echo 'F'; } ?>, <?=preg_replace('/[^\da-z]/i', ' ', $line['amazon_desc']) ?>, <?=$line['price']?>, <?=$line['price']?>, <?=$line['quantity_c_size_'.$con_size[$x].'_chain']?>, <? $category = $line['style1']; switch ($category) { case "ankle-boots": echo "10013"; break; case "knee-high-boots": echo "10011"; break; case "high-heel-boots": echo "10033"; break; case "low-heel-boots": echo "10014"; break; case "wedge-boots": echo "10014"; break; case "western-boots": echo "10032"; break; case "flat-shoes": echo "10034"; break; case "high-heel-shoes": echo "10039"; break; case "low-heel-shoes": echo "10039"; break; case "wedge-shoes": echo "10035"; break; case "ballerina-shoes": echo "10008"; break; case "boat-shoes": echo "10018"; break; case "loafer-shoes": echo "10037"; break; case "work-shoes": echo "10039"; break; case "flat-sandals": echo "10041"; break; case "low-heel-sandals": echo "10042"; break; case "high-heel-sandals": echo "10042"; break; case "wedge-sandals": echo "10042"; break; case "mule-sandals": echo "10038"; break; case "mary-jane-shoes": echo "10039"; break; case "sports-shoes": echo "10026"; break; case "court-shoes": echo "10035"; break; case "peep-toe-shoes": echo "10035"; break; case "flat-boots": echo "10609"; break; case "mid-calf-boots": echo "10014"; break; case "trainer-shoes": echo "10009"; break; case "wellington-boots": echo "10012"; break; case "lace-up-boots": echo "10609"; break; case "chelsea-and-jodphur-boots": echo "10609"; break; case "desert-and-chukka-boots": echo "10032"; break; case "lace-up-shoes": echo "10034"; break; case "slip-on-shoes": echo "10043"; break; case "gibson-and-derby-shoes": echo "10039"; break; case "oxford-shoes": echo "10039"; break; case "brogue-shoes": echo "10039"; break; case "winter-boots": echo "10021"; break; case "slipper-shoes": echo "10016"; break; case "mid-heel-shoes": echo "10039"; break; case "sandals-and-beach-shoes": echo "10044"; break; case "mid-heel-sandals": echo "10042"; break; case "mid-heel-boots": echo "10014"; break; default: echo ""; } ?>, http://www.getashoe.co.uk/full/<?=$line['product_id']?>_1.jpg, http://www.getashoe.co.uk/full/<?=$line['product_id']?>_2.jpg, http://www.getashoe.co.uk/full/<?=$line['product_id']?>_3.jpg, http://www.getashoe.co.uk/full/<?=$line['product_id']?>_4.jpg, , , , , <? $colour = preg_replace('/[^\da-z]/i', ' ', $line['colour']); if( preg_match( '/white.*/i', $colour)) { echo '1'; } elseif( preg_match( '/yellow.*/i', $colour)) { echo '4'; } elseif( preg_match( '/orange.*/i', $colour)) { echo '7'; } elseif( preg_match( '/red.*/i', $colour)) { echo '8'; } elseif( preg_match( '/pink.*/i', $colour)) { echo '13'; } elseif( preg_match( '/purple.*/i', $colour)) { echo '15'; } elseif( preg_match( '/blue.*/i', $colour)) { echo '19'; } elseif( preg_match( '/green.*/i', $colour)) { echo '25'; } elseif( preg_match( '/brown.*/i', $colour)) { echo '28'; } elseif( preg_match( '/grey.*/i', $colour)) { echo '35'; } elseif( preg_match( '/black.*/i', $colour)) { echo '38'; } elseif( preg_match( '/gold.*/i', $colour)) { echo '41'; } elseif( preg_match( '/silver.*/i', $colour)) { echo '46'; } elseif( preg_match( '/multi.*/i', $colour)) { echo '594'; } elseif( preg_match( '/beige.*/i', $colour)) { echo '6887'; } elseif( preg_match( '/nude.*/i', $colour)) { echo '6887'; } else { echo '534'; } ?>, <?=$line['colour']?>, <?=$con_size[$x]?> <br> <? // finish checking if size is available } } ?> So at the moment this is simply echoing out the product_ID into the SKU column. The code would need to enter the product_id into an array and check whether it is unique. If the product_id is unique to the array, then the product_id is echoed out unaltered, and parent is echoed out to the 'Parent/Child' column and then the product_id is repeated to the 'Parent SKU' column. However, if the array is checked and the product_id already exists in the array, then the product_id is echoed out to the 'SKU' column with a suffix i.e. _1. Then child is echoed to the 'Parent / Child' column and the original parent product_id echoed to the 'Parent SKU' column. HOWEVER - the same SKU cannot be repeated with the same suffix i.e. 12345_1, 12345_1 - so presumably there would be to be another array for the suffixed SKUs to be checked against. If anybody could help, it would be great. Thanks --- UPDATE ANSWER --- I managed to solved this myself and thought I would share my solution for future reference. /* * Array to collect product_ids and check whether unique. * If unique product_id becomes parent SKU * If not product_id becomes child of previous parent and suffixed with _1, _2 etc... */ if (!in_array($line['product_id'], $SKU)) { $SKU[] = $line['product_id']; $parent = $line['product_id']; $a = 0; ?> <? echo 'Shoes'; ?>, <? echo $parent; ?>, <? echo "Parent"; ?>, <? echo $parent; ?>, <? } else { $child = $line['product_id'] . "_" . $a; ?> <? echo 'Shoes'; ?>, <? echo $child; ?>, <? echo "Child"; ?>, <? echo $child; <? // increment suffix value for child SKU $a++; ?>

    Read the article

  • mysterical error

    - by Görkem Buzcu
    i get "customer_service_simulator.exe stopped" error, but i dont know why? this is my c programming project and i have limited time left before deadline. the code is: #include <stdio.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include<time.h> #define FALSE 0 #define TRUE 1 /*A Node declaration to store a value, pointer to the next node and a priority value*/ struct Node { int priority; //arrival time int val; //type int wait_time; int departure_time; struct Node *next; }; Queue Record that will store the following: size: total number of elements stored in the list front: it shows the front node of the queue (front of the queue) rear: it shows the rare node of the queue (rear of the queue) availability: availabity of the teller struct QueueRecord { struct Node *front; struct Node *rear; int size; int availability; }; typedef struct Node *niyazi; typedef struct QueueRecord *Queue; Queue CreateQueue(int); void MakeEmptyQueue(Queue); void enqueue(Queue, int, int); int QueueSize(Queue); int FrontOfQueue(Queue); int RearOfQueue(Queue); niyazi dequeue(Queue); int IsFullQueue(Queue); int IsEmptyQueue(Queue); void DisplayQueue(Queue); void sorteddequeue(Queue); void sortedenqueue(Queue, int, int); void tellerzfunctionz(Queue *, Queue, int, int); int main() { int system_clock=0; Queue waitqueue; int exit, val, priority, customers, tellers, avg_serv_time, sim_time,counter; char command; waitqueue = CreateQueue(0); srand(time(NULL)); fflush(stdin); printf("Enter number of customers, number of tellers, average service time, simulation time\n:"); scanf("%d%c %d%c %d%c %d",&customers, &command,&tellers,&command,&avg_serv_time,&command,&sim_time); fflush(stdin); Queue tellerarray[tellers]; for(counter=0;counter<tellers;counter++){ tellerarray[counter]=CreateQueue(0); //burada teller sayisi kadar queue yaratiyorum } for(counter=0;counter<customers;counter++){ priority=1+(int)rand()%sim_time; //this will generate the arrival time sortedenqueue(waitqueue,1,priority); //here i put the customers in the waiting queue } tellerzfunctionz(tellerarray,waitqueue,tellers,customers); DisplayQueue(waitqueue); DisplayQueue(tellerarray[0]); DisplayQueue(tellerarray[1]); // waitqueue-> printf("\n\n"); system("PAUSE"); return 0; } /*This function initialises the queue*/ Queue CreateQueue(int maxElements) { Queue q; q = (struct QueueRecord *) malloc(sizeof(struct QueueRecord)); if (q == NULL) printf("Out of memory space\n"); else MakeEmptyQueue(q); return q; } /*This function sets the queue size to 0, and creates a dummy element and sets the front and rear point to this dummy element*/ void MakeEmptyQueue(Queue q) { q->size = 0; q->availability=0; q->front = (struct Node *) malloc(sizeof(struct Node)); if (q->front == NULL) printf("Out of memory space\n"); else{ q->front->next = NULL; q->rear = q->front; } } /*Shows if the queue is empty*/ int IsEmptyQueue(Queue q) { return (q->size == 0); } /*Returns the queue size*/ int QueueSize(Queue q) { return (q->size); } /*Shows the queue is full or not*/ int IsFullQueue(Queue q) { return FALSE; } /*Returns the value stored in the front of the queue*/ int FrontOfQueue(Queue q) { if (!IsEmptyQueue(q)) return q->front->next->val; else { printf("The queue is empty\n"); return -1; } } /*Returns the value stored in the rear of the queue*/ int RearOfQueue(Queue q) { if (!IsEmptyQueue(q)) return q->rear->val; else { printf("The queue is empty\n"); return -1; } } /*Displays the content of the queue*/ void DisplayQueue(Queue q) { struct Node *pos; pos=q->front->next; printf("Queue content:\n"); printf("-->Priority Value\n"); while (pos != NULL) { printf("--> %d\t %d\n", pos->priority, pos->val); pos = pos->next; } } void enqueue(Queue q, int element, int priority){ if(IsFullQueue(q)){ printf("Error queue is full"); } else{ q->rear->next=(struct Node *)malloc(sizeof(struct Node)); q->rear=q->rear->next; q->rear->next=NULL; q->rear->val=element; q->rear->priority=priority; q->size++; } } void sortedenqueue(Queue q, int val, int priority) { struct Node *insert,*temp; insert=(struct Node *)malloc(sizeof(struct Node)); insert->val=val; insert->priority=priority; temp=q->front; if(q->size==0){ enqueue(q, val, priority); } else{ while(temp->next!=NULL && temp->next->priority<insert->priority){ temp=temp->next; } //printf("%d",temp->priority); insert->next=temp->next; temp->next=insert; q->size++; if(insert->next==NULL){ q->rear=insert; } } } niyazi dequeue(Queue q) { niyazi del; niyazi deli; del=(niyazi)malloc(sizeof(struct Node)); deli=(niyazi)malloc(sizeof(struct Node)); if(IsEmptyQueue(q)){ printf("Queue is empty!"); return NULL; } else { del=q->front->next; q->front->next=del->next; deli->val=del->val; deli->priority=del->priority; free(del); q->size--; return deli; } } void sorteddequeue(Queue q) { struct Node *temp; struct Node *min; temp=q->front->next; min=q->front; int i; for(i=1;i<q->size;i++) { if(temp->next->priority<min->next->priority) { min=temp; } temp=temp->next; } temp=min->next; min->next=min->next->next; free(temp); if(min->next==NULL){ q->rear=min; } q->size--; } void tellerzfunctionz(Queue *a, Queue b, int c, int d){ int i; int value=0; int priority; niyazi temp; temp=(niyazi)malloc(sizeof(struct Node)); if(c==1){ for(i=0;i<d;i++){ temp=dequeue(b); sortedenqueue((*(a)),temp->val,temp->priority); } } else{ for(i=0;i<d;i++){ while(b->front->next->val==1){ if((*(a+value))->availability==1){ temp=dequeue(b); sortedenqueue((*(a+value)),temp->val,temp->priority); (*(a+value))->rear->val=2; } else{ value++; } } } } } //end of the program

    Read the article

  • Process is killed without a (obvious) reason and program stops working

    - by Krzysiek Gurniak
    Here's what my program is supposed to do: create 4 child processes: process 0 is reading 1 byte at a time from STDIN, then writing it into FIFO process 1 is reading this 1 byte from fifo and write its value as HEX into shared memory process 2 is reading HEX value from shared memory and writing it into pipe finally process 3 is reading from pipe and writing into STDOUT (in my case: terminal) I can't change communication channels. FIFO, then shared memory, then pipes are the only option. My problem: Program stops at random moments when some file is directed into stdin (for example:./program < /dev/urandom). Sometimes after writing 5 HEX values, sometimes after 100. Weird thing is that when it is working and in another terminal I write "pstree -c" there is 1 main process with 4 children processes (which is what I want), but when I write "pstree -c" after it stopped writing (but still runs) there are only 3 child processes. For some reason 1 is gone even though they all have while(1) in them.. I think I might have problem with synchronization here, but I am unable to spot it (I've tried for many hours). Here's the code: #include <unistd.h> #include <fcntl.h> #include <stdio.h> #include <string.h> #include <stdlib.h> #include <sys/shm.h> #include <sys/sem.h> #include <sys/types.h> #include <sys/wait.h> #include <sys/stat.h> #include <string.h> #include <signal.h> #define BUFSIZE 1 #define R 0 #define W 1 // processes ID pid_t p0, p1, p2, p3; // FIFO variables int fifo_fd; unsigned char bufor[BUFSIZE] = {}; unsigned char bufor1[BUFSIZE] = {}; // Shared memory variables key_t key; int shmid; char * tab; // zmienne do pipes int file_des[2]; char bufor_pipe[BUFSIZE*30] = {}; void proces0() { ssize_t n; while(1) { fifo_fd = open("/tmp/fifo",O_WRONLY); if(fifo_fd == -1) { perror("blad przy otwieraniu kolejki FIFO w p0\n"); exit(1); } n = read(STDIN_FILENO, bufor, BUFSIZE); if(n<0) { perror("read error w p0\n"); exit(1); } if(n > 0) { if(write(fifo_fd, bufor, n) != n) { perror("blad zapisu do kolejki fifo w p0\n"); exit(1); } memset(bufor, 0, n); // czyszczenie bufora } close(fifo_fd); } } void proces1() { ssize_t m, x; char wartosc_hex[30] = {}; while(1) { if(tab[0] == 0) { fifo_fd = open("/tmp/fifo", O_RDONLY); // otwiera plik typu fifo do odczytu if(fifo_fd == -1) { perror("blad przy otwieraniu kolejki FIFO w p1\n"); exit(1); } m = read(fifo_fd, bufor1, BUFSIZE); x = m; if(x < 0) { perror("read error p1\n"); exit(1); } if(x > 0) { // Konwersja na HEX if(bufor1[0] < 16) { if(bufor1[0] == 10) // gdy enter { sprintf(wartosc_hex, "0x0%X\n", bufor1[0]); } else { sprintf(wartosc_hex, "0x0%X ", bufor1[0]); } } else { sprintf(wartosc_hex, "0x%X ", bufor1[0]); } // poczekaj az pamiec bedzie pusta (gotowa do zapisu) strcpy(&tab[0], wartosc_hex); memset(bufor1, 0, sizeof(bufor1)); // czyszczenie bufora memset(wartosc_hex, 0, sizeof(wartosc_hex)); // przygotowanie tablicy na zapis wartosci hex x = 0; } close(fifo_fd); } } } void proces2() { close(file_des[0]); // zablokuj kanal do odczytu while(1) { if(tab[0] != 0) { if(write(file_des[1], tab, strlen(tab)) != strlen(tab)) { perror("blad write w p2"); exit(1); } // wyczysc pamiec dzielona by przyjac kolejny bajt memset(tab, 0, sizeof(tab)); } } } void proces3() { ssize_t n; close(file_des[1]); // zablokuj kanal do zapisu while(1) { if(tab[0] == 0) { if((n = read(file_des[0], bufor_pipe, sizeof(bufor_pipe))) > 0) { if(write(STDOUT_FILENO, bufor_pipe, n) != n) { perror("write error w proces3()"); exit(1); } memset(bufor_pipe, 0, sizeof(bufor_pipe)); } } } } int main(void) { key = 5678; int status; // Tworzenie plikow przechowujacych ID procesow int des_pid[2] = {}; char bufor_proces[50] = {}; mknod("pid0", S_IFREG | 0777, 0); mknod("pid1", S_IFREG | 0777, 0); mknod("pid2", S_IFREG | 0777, 0); mknod("pid3", S_IFREG | 0777, 0); // Tworzenie semaforow key_t klucz; klucz = ftok(".", 'a'); // na podstawie pliku i pojedynczego znaku id wyznacza klucz semafora if(klucz == -1) { perror("blad wyznaczania klucza semafora"); exit(1); } semafor = semget(klucz, 1, IPC_CREAT | 0777); // tworzy na podstawie klucza semafor. 1 - ilosc semaforow if(semafor == -1) { perror("blad przy tworzeniu semafora"); exit(1); } if(semctl(semafor, 0, SETVAL, 0) == -1) // ustawia poczatkowa wartosc semafora (klucz, numer w zbiorze od 0, polecenie, argument 0/1/2) { perror("blad przy ustawianiu wartosci poczatkowej semafora"); exit(1); } // Tworzenie lacza nazwanego FIFO if(access("/tmp/fifo", F_OK) == -1) // sprawdza czy plik istnieje, jesli nie - tworzy go { if(mkfifo("/tmp/fifo", 0777) != 0) { perror("blad tworzenia FIFO w main"); exit(1); } } // Tworzenie pamieci dzielonej // Lista pamieci wspoldzielonych, komenda "ipcs" // usuwanie pamieci wspoldzielonej, komenta "ipcrm -m ID_PAMIECI" shmid = shmget(key, (BUFSIZE*30), 0666 | IPC_CREAT); if(shmid == -1) { perror("shmget"); exit(1); } tab = (char *) shmat(shmid, NULL, 0); if(tab == (char *)(-1)) { perror("shmat"); exit(1); } memset(tab, 0, (BUFSIZE*30)); // Tworzenie lacza nienazwanego pipe if(pipe(file_des) == -1) { perror("pipe"); exit(1); } // Tworzenie procesow potomnych if(!(p0 = fork())) { des_pid[W] = open("pid0", O_WRONLY | O_TRUNC | O_CREAT); // 1 - zapis, 0 - odczyt sprintf(bufor_proces, "Proces0 ma ID: %d\n", getpid()); if(write(des_pid[W], bufor_proces, sizeof(bufor_proces)) != sizeof(bufor_proces)) { perror("blad przy zapisie pid do pliku w p0"); exit(1); } close(des_pid[W]); proces0(); } else if(p0 == -1) { perror("blad przy p0 fork w main"); exit(1); } else { if(!(p1 = fork())) { des_pid[W] = open("pid1", O_WRONLY | O_TRUNC | O_CREAT); // 1 - zapis, 0 - odczyt sprintf(bufor_proces, "Proces1 ma ID: %d\n", getpid()); if(write(des_pid[W], bufor_proces, sizeof(bufor_proces)) != sizeof(bufor_proces)) { perror("blad przy zapisie pid do pliku w p1"); exit(1); } close(des_pid[W]); proces1(); } else if(p1 == -1) { perror("blad przy p1 fork w main"); exit(1); } else { if(!(p2 = fork())) { des_pid[W] = open("pid2", O_WRONLY | O_TRUNC | O_CREAT); // 1 - zapis, 0 - odczyt sprintf(bufor_proces, "Proces2 ma ID: %d\n", getpid()); if(write(des_pid[W], bufor_proces, sizeof(bufor_proces)) != sizeof(bufor_proces)) { perror("blad przy zapisie pid do pliku w p2"); exit(1); } close(des_pid[W]); proces2(); } else if(p2 == -1) { perror("blad przy p2 fork w main"); exit(1); } else { if(!(p3 = fork())) { des_pid[W] = open("pid3", O_WRONLY | O_TRUNC | O_CREAT); // 1 - zapis, 0 - odczyt sprintf(bufor_proces, "Proces3 ma ID: %d\n", getpid()); if(write(des_pid[W], bufor_proces, sizeof(bufor_proces)) != sizeof(bufor_proces)) { perror("blad przy zapisie pid do pliku w p3"); exit(1); } close(des_pid[W]); proces3(); } else if(p3 == -1) { perror("blad przy p3 fork w main"); exit(1); } else { // proces macierzysty waitpid(p0, &status, 0); waitpid(p1, &status, 0); waitpid(p2, &status, 0); waitpid(p3, &status, 0); //wait(NULL); unlink("/tmp/fifo"); shmdt(tab); // odlaczenie pamieci dzielonej shmctl(shmid, IPC_RMID, NULL); // usuwanie pamieci wspoldzielonej printf("\nKONIEC PROGRAMU\n"); } } } } exit(0); }

    Read the article

  • Zen and the Art of File and Folder Organization

    - by Mark Virtue
    Is your desk a paragon of neatness, or does it look like a paper-bomb has gone off? If you’ve been putting off getting organized because the task is too huge or daunting, or you don’t know where to start, we’ve got 40 tips to get you on the path to zen mastery of your filing system. For all those readers who would like to get their files and folders organized, or, if they’re already organized, better organized—we have compiled a complete guide to getting organized and staying organized, a comprehensive article that will hopefully cover every possible tip you could want. Signs that Your Computer is Poorly Organized If your computer is a mess, you’re probably already aware of it.  But just in case you’re not, here are some tell-tale signs: Your Desktop has over 40 icons on it “My Documents” contains over 300 files and 60 folders, including MP3s and digital photos You use the Windows’ built-in search facility whenever you need to find a file You can’t find programs in the out-of-control list of programs in your Start Menu You save all your Word documents in one folder, all your spreadsheets in a second folder, etc Any given file that you’re looking for may be in any one of four different sets of folders But before we start, here are some quick notes: We’re going to assume you know what files and folders are, and how to create, save, rename, copy and delete them The organization principles described in this article apply equally to all computer systems.  However, the screenshots here will reflect how things look on Windows (usually Windows 7).  We will also mention some useful features of Windows that can help you get organized. Everyone has their own favorite methodology of organizing and filing, and it’s all too easy to get into “My Way is Better than Your Way” arguments.  The reality is that there is no perfect way of getting things organized.  When I wrote this article, I tried to keep a generalist and objective viewpoint.  I consider myself to be unusually well organized (to the point of obsession, truth be told), and I’ve had 25 years experience in collecting and organizing files on computers.  So I’ve got a lot to say on the subject.  But the tips I have described here are only one way of doing it.  Hopefully some of these tips will work for you too, but please don’t read this as any sort of “right” way to do it. At the end of the article we’ll be asking you, the reader, for your own organization tips. Why Bother Organizing At All? For some, the answer to this question is self-evident. And yet, in this era of powerful desktop search software (the search capabilities built into the Windows Vista and Windows 7 Start Menus, and third-party programs like Google Desktop Search), the question does need to be asked, and answered. I have a friend who puts every file he ever creates, receives or downloads into his My Documents folder and doesn’t bother filing them into subfolders at all.  He relies on the search functionality built into his Windows operating system to help him find whatever he’s looking for.  And he always finds it.  He’s a Search Samurai.  For him, filing is a waste of valuable time that could be spent enjoying life! It’s tempting to follow suit.  On the face of it, why would anyone bother to take the time to organize their hard disk when such excellent search software is available?  Well, if all you ever want to do with the files you own is to locate and open them individually (for listening, editing, etc), then there’s no reason to ever bother doing one scrap of organization.  But consider these common tasks that are not achievable with desktop search software: Find files manually.  Often it’s not convenient, speedy or even possible to utilize your desktop search software to find what you want.  It doesn’t work 100% of the time, or you may not even have it installed.  Sometimes its just plain faster to go straight to the file you want, if you know it’s in a particular sub-folder, rather than trawling through hundreds of search results. Find groups of similar files (e.g. all your “work” files, all the photos of your Europe holiday in 2008, all your music videos, all the MP3s from Dark Side of the Moon, all your letters you wrote to your wife, all your tax returns).  Clever naming of the files will only get you so far.  Sometimes it’s the date the file was created that’s important, other times it’s the file format, and other times it’s the purpose of the file.  How do you name a collection of files so that they’re easy to isolate based on any of the above criteria?  Short answer, you can’t. Move files to a new computer.  It’s time to upgrade your computer.  How do you quickly grab all the files that are important to you?  Or you decide to have two computers now – one for home and one for work.  How do you quickly isolate only the work-related files to move them to the work computer? Synchronize files to other computers.  If you have more than one computer, and you need to mirror some of your files onto the other computer (e.g. your music collection), then you need a way to quickly determine which files are to be synced and which are not.  Surely you don’t want to synchronize everything? Choose which files to back up.  If your backup regime calls for multiple backups, or requires speedy backups, then you’ll need to be able to specify which files are to be backed up, and which are not.  This is not possible if they’re all in the same folder. Finally, if you’re simply someone who takes pleasure in being organized, tidy and ordered (me! me!), then you don’t even need a reason.  Being disorganized is simply unthinkable. Tips on Getting Organized Here we present our 40 best tips on how to get organized.  Or, if you’re already organized, to get better organized. Tip #1.  Choose Your Organization System Carefully The reason that most people are not organized is that it takes time.  And the first thing that takes time is deciding upon a system of organization.  This is always a matter of personal preference, and is not something that a geek on a website can tell you.  You should always choose your own system, based on how your own brain is organized (which makes the assumption that your brain is, in fact, organized). We can’t instruct you, but we can make suggestions: You may want to start off with a system based on the users of the computer.  i.e. “My Files”, “My Wife’s Files”, My Son’s Files”, etc.  Inside “My Files”, you might then break it down into “Personal” and “Business”.  You may then realize that there are overlaps.  For example, everyone may want to share access to the music library, or the photos from the school play.  So you may create another folder called “Family”, for the “common” files. You may decide that the highest-level breakdown of your files is based on the “source” of each file.  In other words, who created the files.  You could have “Files created by ME (business or personal)”, “Files created by people I know (family, friends, etc)”, and finally “Files created by the rest of the world (MP3 music files, downloaded or ripped movies or TV shows, software installation files, gorgeous desktop wallpaper images you’ve collected, etc).”  This system happens to be the one I use myself.  See below:  Mark is for files created by meVC is for files created by my company (Virtual Creations)Others is for files created by my friends and familyData is the rest of the worldAlso, Settings is where I store the configuration files and other program data files for my installed software (more on this in tip #34, below). Each folder will present its own particular set of requirements for further sub-organization.  For example, you may decide to organize your music collection into sub-folders based on the artist’s name, while your digital photos might get organized based on the date they were taken.  It can be different for every sub-folder! Another strategy would be based on “currentness”.  Files you have yet to open and look at live in one folder.  Ones that have been looked at but not yet filed live in another place.  Current, active projects live in yet another place.  All other files (your “archive”, if you like) would live in a fourth folder. (And of course, within that last folder you’d need to create a further sub-system based on one of the previous bullet points). Put some thought into this – changing it when it proves incomplete can be a big hassle!  Before you go to the trouble of implementing any system you come up with, examine a wide cross-section of the files you own and see if they will all be able to find a nice logical place to sit within your system. Tip #2.  When You Decide on Your System, Stick to It! There’s nothing more pointless than going to all the trouble of creating a system and filing all your files, and then whenever you create, receive or download a new file, you simply dump it onto your Desktop.  You need to be disciplined – forever!  Every new file you get, spend those extra few seconds to file it where it belongs!  Otherwise, in just a month or two, you’ll be worse off than before – half your files will be organized and half will be disorganized – and you won’t know which is which! Tip #3.  Choose the Root Folder of Your Structure Carefully Every data file (document, photo, music file, etc) that you create, own or is important to you, no matter where it came from, should be found within one single folder, and that one single folder should be located at the root of your C: drive (as a sub-folder of C:\).  In other words, do not base your folder structure in standard folders like “My Documents”.  If you do, then you’re leaving it up to the operating system engineers to decide what folder structure is best for you.  And every operating system has a different system!  In Windows 7 your files are found in C:\Users\YourName, whilst on Windows XP it was C:\Documents and Settings\YourName\My Documents.  In UNIX systems it’s often /home/YourName. These standard default folders tend to fill up with junk files and folders that are not at all important to you.  “My Documents” is the worst offender.  Every second piece of software you install, it seems, likes to create its own folder in the “My Documents” folder.  These folders usually don’t fit within your organizational structure, so don’t use them!  In fact, don’t even use the “My Documents” folder at all.  Allow it to fill up with junk, and then simply ignore it.  It sounds heretical, but: Don’t ever visit your “My Documents” folder!  Remove your icons/links to “My Documents” and replace them with links to the folders you created and you care about! Create your own file system from scratch!  Probably the best place to put it would be on your D: drive – if you have one.  This way, all your files live on one drive, while all the operating system and software component files live on the C: drive – simply and elegantly separated.  The benefits of that are profound.  Not only are there obvious organizational benefits (see tip #10, below), but when it comes to migrate your data to a new computer, you can (sometimes) simply unplug your D: drive and plug it in as the D: drive of your new computer (this implies that the D: drive is actually a separate physical disk, and not a partition on the same disk as C:).  You also get a slight speed improvement (again, only if your C: and D: drives are on separate physical disks). Warning:  From tip #12, below, you will see that it’s actually a good idea to have exactly the same file system structure – including the drive it’s filed on – on all of the computers you own.  So if you decide to use the D: drive as the storage system for your own files, make sure you are able to use the D: drive on all the computers you own.  If you can’t ensure that, then you can still use a clever geeky trick to store your files on the D: drive, but still access them all via the C: drive (see tip #17, below). If you only have one hard disk (C:), then create a dedicated folder that will contain all your files – something like C:\Files.  The name of the folder is not important, but make it a single, brief word. There are several reasons for this: When creating a backup regime, it’s easy to decide what files should be backed up – they’re all in the one folder! If you ever decide to trade in your computer for a new one, you know exactly which files to migrate You will always know where to begin a search for any file If you synchronize files with other computers, it makes your synchronization routines very simple.   It also causes all your shortcuts to continue to work on the other machines (more about this in tip #24, below). Once you’ve decided where your files should go, then put all your files in there – Everything!  Completely disregard the standard, default folders that are created for you by the operating system (“My Music”, “My Pictures”, etc).  In fact, you can actually relocate many of those folders into your own structure (more about that below, in tip #6). The more completely you get all your data files (documents, photos, music, etc) and all your configuration settings into that one folder, then the easier it will be to perform all of the above tasks. Once this has been done, and all your files live in one folder, all the other folders in C:\ can be thought of as “operating system” folders, and therefore of little day-to-day interest for us. Here’s a screenshot of a nicely organized C: drive, where all user files are located within the \Files folder:   Tip #4.  Use Sub-Folders This would be our simplest and most obvious tip.  It almost goes without saying.  Any organizational system you decide upon (see tip #1) will require that you create sub-folders for your files.  Get used to creating folders on a regular basis. Tip #5.  Don’t be Shy About Depth Create as many levels of sub-folders as you need.  Don’t be scared to do so.  Every time you notice an opportunity to group a set of related files into a sub-folder, do so.  Examples might include:  All the MP3s from one music CD, all the photos from one holiday, or all the documents from one client. It’s perfectly okay to put files into a folder called C:\Files\Me\From Others\Services\WestCo Bank\Statements\2009.  That’s only seven levels deep.  Ten levels is not uncommon.  Of course, it’s possible to take this too far.  If you notice yourself creating a sub-folder to hold only one file, then you’ve probably become a little over-zealous.  On the other hand, if you simply create a structure with only two levels (for example C:\Files\Work) then you really haven’t achieved any level of organization at all (unless you own only six files!).  Your “Work” folder will have become a dumping ground, just like your Desktop was, with most likely hundreds of files in it. Tip #6.  Move the Standard User Folders into Your Own Folder Structure Most operating systems, including Windows, create a set of standard folders for each of its users.  These folders then become the default location for files such as documents, music files, digital photos and downloaded Internet files.  In Windows 7, the full list is shown below: Some of these folders you may never use nor care about (for example, the Favorites folder, if you’re not using Internet Explorer as your browser).  Those ones you can leave where they are.  But you may be using some of the other folders to store files that are important to you.  Even if you’re not using them, Windows will still often treat them as the default storage location for many types of files.  When you go to save a standard file type, it can become annoying to be automatically prompted to save it in a folder that’s not part of your own file structure. But there’s a simple solution:  Move the folders you care about into your own folder structure!  If you do, then the next time you go to save a file of the corresponding type, Windows will prompt you to save it in the new, moved location. Moving the folders is easy.  Simply drag-and-drop them to the new location.  Here’s a screenshot of the default My Music folder being moved to my custom personal folder (Mark): Tip #7.  Name Files and Folders Intelligently This is another one that almost goes without saying, but we’ll say it anyway:  Do not allow files to be created that have meaningless names like Document1.doc, or folders called New Folder (2).  Take that extra 20 seconds and come up with a meaningful name for the file/folder – one that accurately divulges its contents without repeating the entire contents in the name. Tip #8.  Watch Out for Long Filenames Another way to tell if you have not yet created enough depth to your folder hierarchy is that your files often require really long names.  If you need to call a file Johnson Sales Figures March 2009.xls (which might happen to live in the same folder as Abercrombie Budget Report 2008.xls), then you might want to create some sub-folders so that the first file could be simply called March.xls, and living in the Clients\Johnson\Sales Figures\2009 folder. A well-placed file needs only a brief filename! Tip #9.  Use Shortcuts!  Everywhere! This is probably the single most useful and important tip we can offer.  A shortcut allows a file to be in two places at once. Why would you want that?  Well, the file and folder structure of every popular operating system on the market today is hierarchical.  This means that all objects (files and folders) always live within exactly one parent folder.  It’s a bit like a tree.  A tree has branches (folders) and leaves (files).  Each leaf, and each branch, is supported by exactly one parent branch, all the way back to the root of the tree (which, incidentally, is exactly why C:\ is called the “root folder” of the C: drive). That hard disks are structured this way may seem obvious and even necessary, but it’s only one way of organizing data.  There are others:  Relational databases, for example, organize structured data entirely differently.  The main limitation of hierarchical filing structures is that a file can only ever be in one branch of the tree – in only one folder – at a time.  Why is this a problem?  Well, there are two main reasons why this limitation is a problem for computer users: The “correct” place for a file, according to our organizational rationale, is very often a very inconvenient place for that file to be located.  Just because it’s correctly filed doesn’t mean it’s easy to get to.  Your file may be “correctly” buried six levels deep in your sub-folder structure, but you may need regular and speedy access to this file every day.  You could always move it to a more convenient location, but that would mean that you would need to re-file back to its “correct” location it every time you’d finished working on it.  Most unsatisfactory. A file may simply “belong” in two or more different locations within your file structure.  For example, say you’re an accountant and you have just completed the 2009 tax return for John Smith.  It might make sense to you to call this file 2009 Tax Return.doc and file it under Clients\John Smith.  But it may also be important to you to have the 2009 tax returns from all your clients together in the one place.  So you might also want to call the file John Smith.doc and file it under Tax Returns\2009.  The problem is, in a purely hierarchical filing system, you can’t put it in both places.  Grrrrr! Fortunately, Windows (and most other operating systems) offers a way for you to do exactly that:  It’s called a “shortcut” (also known as an “alias” on Macs and a “symbolic link” on UNIX systems).  Shortcuts allow a file to exist in one place, and an icon that represents the file to be created and put anywhere else you please.  In fact, you can create a dozen such icons and scatter them all over your hard disk.  Double-clicking on one of these icons/shortcuts opens up the original file, just as if you had double-clicked on the original file itself. Consider the following two icons: The one on the left is the actual Word document, while the one on the right is a shortcut that represents the Word document.  Double-clicking on either icon will open the same file.  There are two main visual differences between the icons: The shortcut will have a small arrow in the lower-left-hand corner (on Windows, anyway) The shortcut is allowed to have a name that does not include the file extension (the “.docx” part, in this case) You can delete the shortcut at any time without losing any actual data.  The original is still intact.  All you lose is the ability to get to that data from wherever the shortcut was. So why are shortcuts so great?  Because they allow us to easily overcome the main limitation of hierarchical file systems, and put a file in two (or more) places at the same time.  You will always have files that don’t play nice with your organizational rationale, and can’t be filed in only one place.  They demand to exist in two places.  Shortcuts allow this!  Furthermore, they allow you to collect your most often-opened files and folders together in one spot for convenient access.  The cool part is that the original files stay where they are, safe forever in their perfectly organized location. So your collection of most often-opened files can – and should – become a collection of shortcuts! If you’re still not convinced of the utility of shortcuts, consider the following well-known areas of a typical Windows computer: The Start Menu (and all the programs that live within it) The Quick Launch bar (or the Superbar in Windows 7) The “Favorite folders” area in the top-left corner of the Windows Explorer window (in Windows Vista or Windows 7) Your Internet Explorer Favorites or Firefox Bookmarks Each item in each of these areas is a shortcut!  Each of those areas exist for one purpose only:  For convenience – to provide you with a collection of the files and folders you access most often. It should be easy to see by now that shortcuts are designed for one single purpose:  To make accessing your files more convenient.  Each time you double-click on a shortcut, you are saved the hassle of locating the file (or folder, or program, or drive, or control panel icon) that it represents. Shortcuts allow us to invent a golden rule of file and folder organization: “Only ever have one copy of a file – never have two copies of the same file.  Use a shortcut instead” (this rule doesn’t apply to copies created for backup purposes, of course!) There are also lesser rules, like “don’t move a file into your work area – create a shortcut there instead”, and “any time you find yourself frustrated with how long it takes to locate a file, create a shortcut to it and place that shortcut in a convenient location.” So how to we create these massively useful shortcuts?  There are two main ways: “Copy” the original file or folder (click on it and type Ctrl-C, or right-click on it and select Copy):  Then right-click in an empty area of the destination folder (the place where you want the shortcut to go) and select Paste shortcut: Right-drag (drag with the right mouse button) the file from the source folder to the destination folder.  When you let go of the mouse button at the destination folder, a menu pops up: Select Create shortcuts here. Note that when shortcuts are created, they are often named something like Shortcut to Budget Detail.doc (windows XP) or Budget Detail – Shortcut.doc (Windows 7).   If you don’t like those extra words, you can easily rename the shortcuts after they’re created, or you can configure Windows to never insert the extra words in the first place (see our article on how to do this). And of course, you can create shortcuts to folders too, not just to files! Bottom line: Whenever you have a file that you’d like to access from somewhere else (whether it’s convenience you’re after, or because the file simply belongs in two places), create a shortcut to the original file in the new location. Tip #10.  Separate Application Files from Data Files Any digital organization guru will drum this rule into you.  Application files are the components of the software you’ve installed (e.g. Microsoft Word, Adobe Photoshop or Internet Explorer).  Data files are the files that you’ve created for yourself using that software (e.g. Word Documents, digital photos, emails or playlists). Software gets installed, uninstalled and upgraded all the time.  Hopefully you always have the original installation media (or downloaded set-up file) kept somewhere safe, and can thus reinstall your software at any time.  This means that the software component files are of little importance.  Whereas the files you have created with that software is, by definition, important.  It’s a good rule to always separate unimportant files from important files. So when your software prompts you to save a file you’ve just created, take a moment and check out where it’s suggesting that you save the file.  If it’s suggesting that you save the file into the same folder as the software itself, then definitely don’t follow that suggestion.  File it in your own folder!  In fact, see if you can find the program’s configuration option that determines where files are saved by default (if it has one), and change it. Tip #11.  Organize Files Based on Purpose, Not on File Type If you have, for example a folder called Work\Clients\Johnson, and within that folder you have two sub-folders, Word Documents and Spreadsheets (in other words, you’re separating “.doc” files from “.xls” files), then chances are that you’re not optimally organized.  It makes little sense to organize your files based on the program that created them.  Instead, create your sub-folders based on the purpose of the file.  For example, it would make more sense to create sub-folders called Correspondence and Financials.  It may well be that all the files in a given sub-folder are of the same file-type, but this should be more of a coincidence and less of a design feature of your organization system. Tip #12.  Maintain the Same Folder Structure on All Your Computers In other words, whatever organizational system you create, apply it to every computer that you can.  There are several benefits to this: There’s less to remember.  No matter where you are, you always know where to look for your files If you copy or synchronize files from one computer to another, then setting up the synchronization job becomes very simple Shortcuts can be copied or moved from one computer to another with ease (assuming the original files are also copied/moved).  There’s no need to find the target of the shortcut all over again on the second computer Ditto for linked files (e.g Word documents that link to data in a separate Excel file), playlists, and any files that reference the exact file locations of other files. This applies even to the drive that your files are stored on.  If your files are stored on C: on one computer, make sure they’re stored on C: on all your computers.  Otherwise all your shortcuts, playlists and linked files will stop working! Tip #13.  Create an “Inbox” Folder Create yourself a folder where you store all files that you’re currently working on, or that you haven’t gotten around to filing yet.  You can think of this folder as your “to-do” list.  You can call it “Inbox” (making it the same metaphor as your email system), or “Work”, or “To-Do”, or “Scratch”, or whatever name makes sense to you.  It doesn’t matter what you call it – just make sure you have one! Once you have finished working on a file, you then move it from the “Inbox” to its correct location within your organizational structure. You may want to use your Desktop as this “Inbox” folder.  Rightly or wrongly, most people do.  It’s not a bad place to put such files, but be careful:  If you do decide that your Desktop represents your “to-do” list, then make sure that no other files find their way there.  In other words, make sure that your “Inbox”, wherever it is, Desktop or otherwise, is kept free of junk – stray files that don’t belong there. So where should you put this folder, which, almost by definition, lives outside the structure of the rest of your filing system?  Well, first and foremost, it has to be somewhere handy.  This will be one of your most-visited folders, so convenience is key.  Putting it on the Desktop is a great option – especially if you don’t have any other folders on your Desktop:  the folder then becomes supremely easy to find in Windows Explorer: You would then create shortcuts to this folder in convenient spots all over your computer (“Favorite Links”, “Quick Launch”, etc). Tip #14.  Ensure You have Only One “Inbox” Folder Once you’ve created your “Inbox” folder, don’t use any other folder location as your “to-do list”.  Throw every incoming or created file into the Inbox folder as you create/receive it.  This keeps the rest of your computer pristine and free of randomly created or downloaded junk.  The last thing you want to be doing is checking multiple folders to see all your current tasks and projects.  Gather them all together into one folder. Here are some tips to help ensure you only have one Inbox: Set the default “save” location of all your programs to this folder. Set the default “download” location for your browser to this folder. If this folder is not your desktop (recommended) then also see if you can make a point of not putting “to-do” files on your desktop.  This keeps your desktop uncluttered and Zen-like: (the Inbox folder is in the bottom-right corner) Tip #15.  Be Vigilant about Clearing Your “Inbox” Folder This is one of the keys to staying organized.  If you let your “Inbox” overflow (i.e. allow there to be more than, say, 30 files or folders in there), then you’re probably going to start feeling like you’re overwhelmed:  You’re not keeping up with your to-do list.  Once your Inbox gets beyond a certain point (around 30 files, studies have shown), then you’ll simply start to avoid it.  You may continue to put files in there, but you’ll be scared to look at it, fearing the “out of control” feeling that all overworked, chaotic or just plain disorganized people regularly feel. So, here’s what you can do: Visit your Inbox/to-do folder regularly (at least five times per day). Scan the folder regularly for files that you have completed working on and are ready for filing.  File them immediately. Make it a source of pride to keep the number of files in this folder as small as possible.  If you value peace of mind, then make the emptiness of this folder one of your highest (computer) priorities If you know that a particular file has been in the folder for more than, say, six weeks, then admit that you’re not actually going to get around to processing it, and move it to its final resting place. Tip #16.  File Everything Immediately, and Use Shortcuts for Your Active Projects As soon as you create, receive or download a new file, store it away in its “correct” folder immediately.  Then, whenever you need to work on it (possibly straight away), create a shortcut to it in your “Inbox” (“to-do”) folder or your desktop.  That way, all your files are always in their “correct” locations, yet you still have immediate, convenient access to your current, active files.  When you finish working on a file, simply delete the shortcut. Ideally, your “Inbox” folder – and your Desktop – should contain no actual files or folders.  They should simply contain shortcuts. Tip #17.  Use Directory Symbolic Links (or Junctions) to Maintain One Unified Folder Structure Using this tip, we can get around a potential hiccup that we can run into when creating our organizational structure – the issue of having more than one drive on our computer (C:, D:, etc).  We might have files we need to store on the D: drive for space reasons, and yet want to base our organized folder structure on the C: drive (or vice-versa). Your chosen organizational structure may dictate that all your files must be accessed from the C: drive (for example, the root folder of all your files may be something like C:\Files).  And yet you may still have a D: drive and wish to take advantage of the hundreds of spare Gigabytes that it offers.  Did you know that it’s actually possible to store your files on the D: drive and yet access them as if they were on the C: drive?  And no, we’re not talking about shortcuts here (although the concept is very similar). By using the shell command mklink, you can essentially take a folder that lives on one drive and create an alias for it on a different drive (you can do lots more than that with mklink – for a full rundown on this programs capabilities, see our dedicated article).  These aliases are called directory symbolic links (and used to be known as junctions).  You can think of them as “virtual” folders.  They function exactly like regular folders, except they’re physically located somewhere else. For example, you may decide that your entire D: drive contains your complete organizational file structure, but that you need to reference all those files as if they were on the C: drive, under C:\Files.  If that was the case you could create C:\Files as a directory symbolic link – a link to D:, as follows: mklink /d c:\files d:\ Or it may be that the only files you wish to store on the D: drive are your movie collection.  You could locate all your movie files in the root of your D: drive, and then link it to C:\Files\Media\Movies, as follows: mklink /d c:\files\media\movies d:\ (Needless to say, you must run these commands from a command prompt – click the Start button, type cmd and press Enter) Tip #18. Customize Your Folder Icons This is not strictly speaking an organizational tip, but having unique icons for each folder does allow you to more quickly visually identify which folder is which, and thus saves you time when you’re finding files.  An example is below (from my folder that contains all files downloaded from the Internet): To learn how to change your folder icons, please refer to our dedicated article on the subject. Tip #19.  Tidy Your Start Menu The Windows Start Menu is usually one of the messiest parts of any Windows computer.  Every program you install seems to adopt a completely different approach to placing icons in this menu.  Some simply put a single program icon.  Others create a folder based on the name of the software.  And others create a folder based on the name of the software manufacturer.  It’s chaos, and can make it hard to find the software you want to run. Thankfully we can avoid this chaos with useful operating system features like Quick Launch, the Superbar or pinned start menu items. Even so, it would make a lot of sense to get into the guts of the Start Menu itself and give it a good once-over.  All you really need to decide is how you’re going to organize your applications.  A structure based on the purpose of the application is an obvious candidate.  Below is an example of one such structure: In this structure, Utilities means software whose job it is to keep the computer itself running smoothly (configuration tools, backup software, Zip programs, etc).  Applications refers to any productivity software that doesn’t fit under the headings Multimedia, Graphics, Internet, etc. In case you’re not aware, every icon in your Start Menu is a shortcut and can be manipulated like any other shortcut (copied, moved, deleted, etc). With the Windows Start Menu (all version of Windows), Microsoft has decided that there be two parallel folder structures to store your Start Menu shortcuts.  One for you (the logged-in user of the computer) and one for all users of the computer.  Having two parallel structures can often be redundant:  If you are the only user of the computer, then having two parallel structures is totally redundant.  Even if you have several users that regularly log into the computer, most of your installed software will need to be made available to all users, and should thus be moved out of the “just you” version of the Start Menu and into the “all users” area. To take control of your Start Menu, so you can start organizing it, you’ll need to know how to access the actual folders and shortcut files that make up the Start Menu (both versions of it).  To find these folders and files, click the Start button and then right-click on the All Programs text (Windows XP users should right-click on the Start button itself): The Open option refers to the “just you” version of the Start Menu, while the Open All Users option refers to the “all users” version.  Click on the one you want to organize. A Windows Explorer window then opens with your chosen version of the Start Menu selected.  From there it’s easy.  Double-click on the Programs folder and you’ll see all your folders and shortcuts.  Now you can delete/rename/move until it’s just the way you want it. Note:  When you’re reorganizing your Start Menu, you may want to have two Explorer windows open at the same time – one showing the “just you” version and one showing the “all users” version.  You can drag-and-drop between the windows. Tip #20.  Keep Your Start Menu Tidy Once you have a perfectly organized Start Menu, try to be a little vigilant about keeping it that way.  Every time you install a new piece of software, the icons that get created will almost certainly violate your organizational structure. So to keep your Start Menu pristine and organized, make sure you do the following whenever you install a new piece of software: Check whether the software was installed into the “just you” area of the Start Menu, or the “all users” area, and then move it to the correct area. Remove all the unnecessary icons (like the “Read me” icon, the “Help” icon (you can always open the help from within the software itself when it’s running), the “Uninstall” icon, the link(s)to the manufacturer’s website, etc) Rename the main icon(s) of the software to something brief that makes sense to you.  For example, you might like to rename Microsoft Office Word 2010 to simply Word Move the icon(s) into the correct folder based on your Start Menu organizational structure And don’t forget:  when you uninstall a piece of software, the software’s uninstall routine is no longer going to be able to remove the software’s icon from the Start Menu (because you moved and/or renamed it), so you’ll need to remove that icon manually. Tip #21.  Tidy C:\ The root of your C: drive (C:\) is a common dumping ground for files and folders – both by the users of your computer and by the software that you install on your computer.  It can become a mess. There’s almost no software these days that requires itself to be installed in C:\.  99% of the time it can and should be installed into C:\Program Files.  And as for your own files, well, it’s clear that they can (and almost always should) be stored somewhere else. In an ideal world, your C:\ folder should look like this (on Windows 7): Note that there are some system files and folders in C:\ that are usually and deliberately “hidden” (such as the Windows virtual memory file pagefile.sys, the boot loader file bootmgr, and the System Volume Information folder).  Hiding these files and folders is a good idea, as they need to stay where they are and are almost never needed to be opened or even seen by you, the user.  Hiding them prevents you from accidentally messing with them, and enhances your sense of order and well-being when you look at your C: drive folder. Tip #22.  Tidy Your Desktop The Desktop is probably the most abused part of a Windows computer (from an organization point of view).  It usually serves as a dumping ground for all incoming files, as well as holding icons to oft-used applications, plus some regularly opened files and folders.  It often ends up becoming an uncontrolled mess.  See if you can avoid this.  Here’s why… Application icons (Word, Internet Explorer, etc) are often found on the Desktop, but it’s unlikely that this is the optimum place for them.  The “Quick Launch” bar (or the Superbar in Windows 7) is always visible and so represents a perfect location to put your icons.  You’ll only be able to see the icons on your Desktop when all your programs are minimized.  It might be time to get your application icons off your desktop… You may have decided that the Inbox/To-do folder on your computer (see tip #13, above) should be your Desktop.  If so, then enough said.  Simply be vigilant about clearing it and preventing it from being polluted by junk files (see tip #15, above).  On the other hand, if your Desktop is not acting as your “Inbox” folder, then there’s no reason for it to have any data files or folders on it at all, except perhaps a couple of shortcuts to often-opened files and folders (either ongoing or current projects).  Everything else should be moved to your “Inbox” folder. In an ideal world, it might look like this: Tip #23.  Move Permanent Items on Your Desktop Away from the Top-Left Corner When files/folders are dragged onto your desktop in a Windows Explorer window, or when shortcuts are created on your Desktop from Internet Explorer, those icons are always placed in the top-left corner – or as close as they can get.  If you have other files, folders or shortcuts that you keep on the Desktop permanently, then it’s a good idea to separate these permanent icons from the transient ones, so that you can quickly identify which ones the transients are.  An easy way to do this is to move all your permanent icons to the right-hand side of your Desktop.  That should keep them separated from incoming items. Tip #24.  Synchronize If you have more than one computer, you’ll almost certainly want to share files between them.  If the computers are permanently attached to the same local network, then there’s no need to store multiple copies of any one file or folder – shortcuts will suffice.  However, if the computers are not always on the same network, then you will at some point need to copy files between them.  For files that need to permanently live on both computers, the ideal way to do this is to synchronize the files, as opposed to simply copying them. We only have room here to write a brief summary of synchronization, not a full article.  In short, there are several different types of synchronization: Where the contents of one folder are accessible anywhere, such as with Dropbox Where the contents of any number of folders are accessible anywhere, such as with Windows Live Mesh Where any files or folders from anywhere on your computer are synchronized with exactly one other computer, such as with the Windows “Briefcase”, Microsoft SyncToy, or (much more powerful, yet still free) SyncBack from 2BrightSparks.  This only works when both computers are on the same local network, at least temporarily. A great advantage of synchronization solutions is that once you’ve got it configured the way you want it, then the sync process happens automatically, every time.  Click a button (or schedule it to happen automatically) and all your files are automagically put where they’re supposed to be. If you maintain the same file and folder structure on both computers, then you can also sync files depend upon the correct location of other files, like shortcuts, playlists and office documents that link to other office documents, and the synchronized files still work on the other computer! Tip #25.  Hide Files You Never Need to See If you have your files well organized, you will often be able to tell if a file is out of place just by glancing at the contents of a folder (for example, it should be pretty obvious if you look in a folder that contains all the MP3s from one music CD and see a Word document in there).  This is a good thing – it allows you to determine if there are files out of place with a quick glance.  Yet sometimes there are files in a folder that seem out of place but actually need to be there, such as the “folder art” JPEGs in music folders, and various files in the root of the C: drive.  If such files never need to be opened by you, then a good idea is to simply hide them.  Then, the next time you glance at the folder, you won’t have to remember whether that file was supposed to be there or not, because you won’t see it at all! To hide a file, simply right-click on it and choose Properties: Then simply tick the Hidden tick-box:   Tip #26.  Keep Every Setup File These days most software is downloaded from the Internet.  Whenever you download a piece of software, keep it.  You’ll never know when you need to reinstall the software. Further, keep with it an Internet shortcut that links back to the website where you originally downloaded it, in case you ever need to check for updates. See tip #33 below for a full description of the excellence of organizing your setup files. Tip #27.  Try to Minimize the Number of Folders that Contain Both Files and Sub-folders Some of the folders in your organizational structure will contain only files.  Others will contain only sub-folders.  And you will also have some folders that contain both files and sub-folders.  You will notice slight improvements in how long it takes you to locate a file if you try to avoid this third type of folder.  It’s not always possible, of course – you’ll always have some of these folders, but see if you can avoid it. One way of doing this is to take all the leftover files that didn’t end up getting stored in a sub-folder and create a special “Miscellaneous” or “Other” folder for them. Tip #28.  Starting a Filename with an Underscore Brings it to the Top of a List Further to the previous tip, if you name that “Miscellaneous” or “Other” folder in such a way that its name begins with an underscore “_”, then it will appear at the top of the list of files/folders. The screenshot below is an example of this.  Each folder in the list contains a set of digital photos.  The folder at the top of the list, _Misc, contains random photos that didn’t deserve their own dedicated folder: Tip #29.  Clean Up those CD-ROMs and (shudder!) Floppy Disks Have you got a pile of CD-ROMs stacked on a shelf of your office?  Old photos, or files you archived off onto CD-ROM (or even worse, floppy disks!) because you didn’t have enough disk space at the time?  In the meantime have you upgraded your computer and now have 500 Gigabytes of space you don’t know what to do with?  If so, isn’t it time you tidied up that stack of disks and filed them into your gorgeous new folder structure? So what are you waiting for?  Bite the bullet, copy them all back onto your computer, file them in their appropriate folders, and then back the whole lot up onto a shiny new 1000Gig external hard drive! Useful Folders to Create This next section suggests some useful folders that you might want to create within your folder structure.  I’ve personally found them to be indispensable. The first three are all about convenience – handy folders to create and then put somewhere that you can always access instantly.  For each one, it’s not so important where the actual folder is located, but it’s very important where you put the shortcut(s) to the folder.  You might want to locate the shortcuts: On your Desktop In your “Quick Launch” area (or pinned to your Windows 7 Superbar) In your Windows Explorer “Favorite Links” area Tip #30.  Create an “Inbox” (“To-Do”) Folder This has already been mentioned in depth (see tip #13), but we wanted to reiterate its importance here.  This folder contains all the recently created, received or downloaded files that you have not yet had a chance to file away properly, and it also may contain files that you have yet to process.  In effect, it becomes a sort of “to-do list”.  It doesn’t have to be called “Inbox” – you can call it whatever you want. Tip #31.  Create a Folder where Your Current Projects are Collected Rather than going hunting for them all the time, or dumping them all on your desktop, create a special folder where you put links (or work folders) for each of the projects you’re currently working on. You can locate this folder in your “Inbox” folder, on your desktop, or anywhere at all – just so long as there’s a way of getting to it quickly, such as putting a link to it in Windows Explorer’s “Favorite Links” area: Tip #32.  Create a Folder for Files and Folders that You Regularly Open You will always have a few files that you open regularly, whether it be a spreadsheet of your current accounts, or a favorite playlist.  These are not necessarily “current projects”, rather they’re simply files that you always find yourself opening.  Typically such files would be located on your desktop (or even better, shortcuts to those files).  Why not collect all such shortcuts together and put them in their own special folder? As with the “Current Projects” folder (above), you would want to locate that folder somewhere convenient.  Below is an example of a folder called “Quick links”, with about seven files (shortcuts) in it, that is accessible through the Windows Quick Launch bar: See tip #37 below for a full explanation of the power of the Quick Launch bar. Tip #33.  Create a “Set-ups” Folder A typical computer has dozens of applications installed on it.  For each piece of software, there are often many different pieces of information you need to keep track of, including: The original installation setup file(s).  This can be anything from a simple 100Kb setup.exe file you downloaded from a website, all the way up to a 4Gig ISO file that you copied from a DVD-ROM that you purchased. The home page of the software manufacturer (in case you need to look up something on their support pages, their forum or their online help) The page containing the download link for your actual file (in case you need to re-download it, or download an upgraded version) The serial number Your proof-of-purchase documentation Any other template files, plug-ins, themes, etc that also need to get installed For each piece of software, it’s a great idea to gather all of these files together and put them in a single folder.  The folder can be the name of the software (plus possibly a very brief description of what it’s for – in case you can’t remember what the software does based in its name).  Then you would gather all of these folders together into one place, and call it something like “Software” or “Setups”. If you have enough of these folders (I have several hundred, being a geek, collected over 20 years), then you may want to further categorize them.  My own categorization structure is based on “platform” (operating system): The last seven folders each represents one platform/operating system, while _Operating Systems contains set-up files for installing the operating systems themselves.  _Hardware contains ROMs for hardware I own, such as routers. Within the Windows folder (above), you can see the beginnings of the vast library of software I’ve compiled over the years: An example of a typical application folder looks like this: Tip #34.  Have a “Settings” Folder We all know that our documents are important.  So are our photos and music files.  We save all of these files into folders, and then locate them afterwards and double-click on them to open them.  But there are many files that are important to us that can’t be saved into folders, and then searched for and double-clicked later on.  These files certainly contain important information that we need, but are often created internally by an application, and saved wherever that application feels is appropriate. A good example of this is the “PST” file that Outlook creates for us and uses to store all our emails, contacts, appointments and so forth.  Another example would be the collection of Bookmarks that Firefox stores on your behalf. And yet another example would be the customized settings and configuration files of our all our software.  Granted, most Windows programs store their configuration in the Registry, but there are still many programs that use configuration files to store their settings. Imagine if you lost all of the above files!  And yet, when people are backing up their computers, they typically only back up the files they know about – those that are stored in the “My Documents” folder, etc.  If they had a hard disk failure or their computer was lost or stolen, their backup files would not include some of the most vital files they owned.  Also, when migrating to a new computer, it’s vital to ensure that these files make the journey. It can be a very useful idea to create yourself a folder to store all your “settings” – files that are important to you but which you never actually search for by name and double-click on to open them.  Otherwise, next time you go to set up a new computer just the way you want it, you’ll need to spend hours recreating the configuration of your previous computer! So how to we get our important files into this folder?  Well, we have a few options: Some programs (such as Outlook and its PST files) allow you to place these files wherever you want.  If you delve into the program’s options, you will find a setting somewhere that controls the location of the important settings files (or “personal storage” – PST – when it comes to Outlook) Some programs do not allow you to change such locations in any easy way, but if you get into the Registry, you can sometimes find a registry key that refers to the location of the file(s).  Simply move the file into your Settings folder and adjust the registry key to refer to the new location. Some programs stubbornly refuse to allow their settings files to be placed anywhere other then where they stipulate.  When faced with programs like these, you have three choices:  (1) You can ignore those files, (2) You can copy the files into your Settings folder (let’s face it – settings don’t change very often), or (3) you can use synchronization software, such as the Windows Briefcase, to make synchronized copies of all your files in your Settings folder.  All you then have to do is to remember to run your sync software periodically (perhaps just before you run your backup software!). There are some other things you may decide to locate inside this new “Settings” folder: Exports of registry keys (from the many applications that store their configurations in the Registry).  This is useful for backup purposes or for migrating to a new computer Notes you’ve made about all the specific customizations you have made to a particular piece of software (so that you’ll know how to do it all again on your next computer) Shortcuts to webpages that detail how to tweak certain aspects of your operating system or applications so they are just the way you like them (such as how to remove the words “Shortcut to” from the beginning of newly created shortcuts).  In other words, you’d want to create shortcuts to half the pages on the How-To Geek website! Here’s an example of a “Settings” folder: Windows Features that Help with Organization This section details some of the features of Microsoft Windows that are a boon to anyone hoping to stay optimally organized. Tip #35.  Use the “Favorite Links” Area to Access Oft-Used Folders Once you’ve created your great new filing system, work out which folders you access most regularly, or which serve as great starting points for locating the rest of the files in your folder structure, and then put links to those folders in your “Favorite Links” area of the left-hand side of the Windows Explorer window (simply called “Favorites” in Windows 7):   Some ideas for folders you might want to add there include: Your “Inbox” folder (or whatever you’ve called it) – most important! The base of your filing structure (e.g. C:\Files) A folder containing shortcuts to often-accessed folders on other computers around the network (shown above as Network Folders) A folder containing shortcuts to your current projects (unless that folder is in your “Inbox” folder) Getting folders into this area is very simple – just locate the folder you’re interested in and drag it there! Tip #36.  Customize the Places Bar in the File/Open and File/Save Boxes Consider the screenshot below: The highlighted icons (collectively known as the “Places Bar”) can be customized to refer to any folder location you want, allowing instant access to any part of your organizational structure. Note:  These File/Open and File/Save boxes have been superseded by new versions that use the Windows Vista/Windows 7 “Favorite Links”, but the older versions (shown above) are still used by a surprisingly large number of applications. The easiest way to customize these icons is to use the Group Policy Editor, but not everyone has access to this program.  If you do, open it up and navigate to: User Configuration > Administrative Templates > Windows Components > Windows Explorer > Common Open File Dialog If you don’t have access to the Group Policy Editor, then you’ll need to get into the Registry.  Navigate to: HKEY_CURRENT_USER \ Software \ Microsoft  \ Windows \ CurrentVersion \ Policies \ comdlg32 \ Placesbar It should then be easy to make the desired changes.  Log off and log on again to allow the changes to take effect. Tip #37.  Use the Quick Launch Bar as a Application and File Launcher That Quick Launch bar (to the right of the Start button) is a lot more useful than people give it credit for.  Most people simply have half a dozen icons in it, and use it to start just those programs.  But it can actually be used to instantly access just about anything in your filing system: For complete instructions on how to set this up, visit our dedicated article on this topic. Tip #38.  Put a Shortcut to Windows Explorer into Your Quick Launch Bar This is only necessary in Windows Vista and Windows XP.  The Microsoft boffins finally got wise and added it to the Windows 7 Superbar by default. Windows Explorer – the program used for managing your files and folders – is one of the most useful programs in Windows.  Anyone who considers themselves serious about being organized needs instant access to this program at any time.  A great place to create a shortcut to this program is in the Windows XP and Windows Vista “Quick Launch” bar: To get it there, locate it in your Start Menu (usually under “Accessories”) and then right-drag it down into your Quick Launch bar (and create a copy). Tip #39.  Customize the Starting Folder for Your Windows 7 Explorer Superbar Icon If you’re on Windows 7, your Superbar will include a Windows Explorer icon.  Clicking on the icon will launch Windows Explorer (of course), and will start you off in your “Libraries” folder.  Libraries may be fine as a starting point, but if you have created yourself an “Inbox” folder, then it would probably make more sense to start off in this folder every time you launch Windows Explorer. To change this default/starting folder location, then first right-click the Explorer icon in the Superbar, and then right-click Properties:Then, in Target field of the Windows Explorer Properties box that appears, type %windir%\explorer.exe followed by the path of the folder you wish to start in.  For example: %windir%\explorer.exe C:\Files If that folder happened to be on the Desktop (and called, say, “Inbox”), then you would use the following cleverness: %windir%\explorer.exe shell:desktop\Inbox Then click OK and test it out. Tip #40.  Ummmmm…. No, that’s it.  I can’t think of another one.  That’s all of the tips I can come up with.  I only created this one because 40 is such a nice round number… Case Study – An Organized PC To finish off the article, I have included a few screenshots of my (main) computer (running Vista).  The aim here is twofold: To give you a sense of what it looks like when the above, sometimes abstract, tips are applied to a real-life computer, and To offer some ideas about folders and structure that you may want to steal to use on your own PC. Let’s start with the C: drive itself.  Very minimal.  All my files are contained within C:\Files.  I’ll confine the rest of the case study to this folder: That folder contains the following: Mark: My personal files VC: My business (Virtual Creations, Australia) Others contains files created by friends and family Data contains files from the rest of the world (can be thought of as “public” files, usually downloaded from the Net) Settings is described above in tip #34 The Data folder contains the following sub-folders: Audio:  Radio plays, audio books, podcasts, etc Development:  Programmer and developer resources, sample source code, etc (see below) Humour:  Jokes, funnies (those emails that we all receive) Movies:  Downloaded and ripped movies (all legal, of course!), their scripts, DVD covers, etc. Music:  (see below) Setups:  Installation files for software (explained in full in tip #33) System:  (see below) TV:  Downloaded TV shows Writings:  Books, instruction manuals, etc (see below) The Music folder contains the following sub-folders: Album covers:  JPEG scans Guitar tabs:  Text files of guitar sheet music Lists:  e.g. “Top 1000 songs of all time” Lyrics:  Text files MIDI:  Electronic music files MP3 (representing 99% of the Music folder):  MP3s, either ripped from CDs or downloaded, sorted by artist/album name Music Video:  Video clips Sheet Music:  usually PDFs The Data\Writings folder contains the following sub-folders: (all pretty self-explanatory) The Data\Development folder contains the following sub-folders: Again, all pretty self-explanatory (if you’re a geek) The Data\System folder contains the following sub-folders: These are usually themes, plug-ins and other downloadable program-specific resources. The Mark folder contains the following sub-folders: From Others:  Usually letters that other people (friends, family, etc) have written to me For Others:  Letters and other things I have created for other people Green Book:  None of your business Playlists:  M3U files that I have compiled of my favorite songs (plus one M3U playlist file for every album I own) Writing:  Fiction, philosophy and other musings of mine Mark Docs:  Shortcut to C:\Users\Mark Settings:  Shortcut to C:\Files\Settings\Mark The Others folder contains the following sub-folders: The VC (Virtual Creations, my business – I develop websites) folder contains the following sub-folders: And again, all of those are pretty self-explanatory. Conclusion These tips have saved my sanity and helped keep me a productive geek, but what about you? What tips and tricks do you have to keep your files organized?  Please share them with us in the comments.  Come on, don’t be shy… Similar Articles Productive Geek Tips Fix For When Windows Explorer in Vista Stops Showing File NamesWhy Did Windows Vista’s Music Folder Icon Turn Yellow?Print or Create a Text File List of the Contents in a Directory the Easy WayCustomize the Windows 7 or Vista Send To MenuAdd Copy To / Move To on Windows 7 or Vista Right-Click Menu TouchFreeze Alternative in AutoHotkey The Icy Undertow Desktop Windows Home Server – Backup to LAN The Clear & Clean Desktop Use This Bookmarklet to Easily Get Albums Use AutoHotkey to Assign a Hotkey to a Specific Window Latest Software Reviews Tinyhacker Random Tips Acronis Online Backup DVDFab 6 Revo Uninstaller Pro Registry Mechanic 9 for Windows Track Daily Goals With 42Goals Video Toolbox is a Superb Online Video Editor Fun with 47 charts and graphs Tomorrow is Mother’s Day Check the Average Speed of YouTube Videos You’ve Watched OutlookStatView Scans and Displays General Usage Statistics

    Read the article

  • Hosting the Razor Engine for Templating in Non-Web Applications

    - by Rick Strahl
    Microsoft’s new Razor HTML Rendering Engine that is currently shipping with ASP.NET MVC previews can be used outside of ASP.NET. Razor is an alternative view engine that can be used instead of the ASP.NET Page engine that currently works with ASP.NET WebForms and MVC. It provides a simpler and more readable markup syntax and is much more light weight in terms of functionality than the full blown WebForms Page engine, focusing only on features that are more along the lines of a pure view engine (or classic ASP!) with focus on expression and code rendering rather than a complex control/object model. Like the Page engine though, the parser understands .NET code syntax which can be embedded into templates, and behind the scenes the engine compiles markup and script code into an executing piece of .NET code in an assembly. Although it ships as part of the ASP.NET MVC and WebMatrix the Razor Engine itself is not directly dependent on ASP.NET or IIS or HTTP in any way. And although there are some markup and rendering features that are optimized for HTML based output generation, Razor is essentially a free standing template engine. And what’s really nice is that unlike the ASP.NET Runtime, Razor is fairly easy to host inside of your own non-Web applications to provide templating functionality. Templating in non-Web Applications? Yes please! So why might you host a template engine in your non-Web application? Template rendering is useful in many places and I have a number of applications that make heavy use of it. One of my applications – West Wind Html Help Builder - exclusively uses template based rendering to merge user supplied help text content into customizable and executable HTML markup templates that provide HTML output for CHM style HTML Help. This is an older product and it’s not actually using .NET at the moment – and this is one reason I’m looking at Razor for script hosting at the moment. For a few .NET applications though I’ve actually used the ASP.NET Runtime hosting to provide templating and mail merge style functionality and while that works reasonably well it’s a very heavy handed approach. It’s very resource intensive and has potential issues with versioning in various different versions of .NET. The generic implementation I created in the article above requires a lot of fix up to mimic an HTTP request in a non-HTTP environment and there are a lot of little things that have to happen to ensure that the ASP.NET runtime works properly most of it having nothing to do with the templating aspect but just satisfying ASP.NET’s requirements. The Razor Engine on the other hand is fairly light weight and completely decoupled from the ASP.NET runtime and the HTTP processing. Rather it’s a pure template engine whose sole purpose is to render text templates. Hosting this engine in your own applications can be accomplished with a reasonable amount of code (actually just a few lines with the tools I’m about to describe) and without having to fake HTTP requests. It’s also much lighter on resource usage and you can easily attach custom properties to your base template implementation to easily pass context from the parent application into templates all of which was rather complicated with ASP.NET runtime hosting. Installing the Razor Template Engine You can get Razor as part of the MVC 3 (RC and later) or Web Matrix. Both are available as downloadable components from the Web Platform Installer Version 3.0 (!important – V2 doesn’t show these components). If you already have that version of the WPI installed just fire it up. You can get the latest version of the Web Platform Installer from here: http://www.microsoft.com/web/gallery/install.aspx Once the platform Installer 3.0 is installed install either MVC 3 or ASP.NET Web Pages. Once installed you’ll find a System.Web.Razor assembly in C:\Program Files\Microsoft ASP.NET\ASP.NET Web Pages\v1.0\Assemblies\System.Web.Razor.dll which you can add as a reference to your project. Creating a Wrapper The basic Razor Hosting API is pretty simple and you can host Razor with a (large-ish) handful of lines of code. I’ll show the basics of it later in this article. However, if you want to customize the rendering and handle assembly and namespace includes for the markup as well as deal with text and file inputs as well as forcing Razor to run in a separate AppDomain so you can unload the code-generated assemblies and deal with assembly caching for re-used templates little more work is required to create something that is more easily reusable. For this reason I created a Razor Hosting wrapper project that combines a bunch of this functionality into an easy to use hosting class, a hosting factory that can load the engine in a separate AppDomain and a couple of hosting containers that provided folder based and string based caching for templates for an easily embeddable and reusable engine with easy to use syntax. If you just want the code and play with the samples and source go grab the latest code from the Subversion Repository at: http://www.west-wind.com:8080/svn/articles/trunk/RazorHosting/ or a snapshot from: http://www.west-wind.com/files/tools/RazorHosting.zip Getting Started Before I get into how hosting with Razor works, let’s take a look at how you can get up and running quickly with the wrapper classes provided. It only takes a few lines of code. The easiest way to use these Razor Hosting Wrappers is to use one of the two HostContainers provided. One is for hosting Razor scripts in a directory and rendering them as relative paths from these script files on disk. The other HostContainer serves razor scripts from string templates… Let’s start with a very simple template that displays some simple expressions, some code blocks and demonstrates rendering some data from contextual data that you pass to the template in the form of a ‘context’. Here’s a simple Razor template: @using System.Reflection Hello @Context.FirstName! Your entry was entered on: @Context.Entered @{ // Code block: Update the host Windows Form passed in through the context Context.WinForm.Text = "Hello World from Razor at " + DateTime.Now.ToString(); } AppDomain Id: @AppDomain.CurrentDomain.FriendlyName Assembly: @Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly().FullName Code based output: @{ // Write output with Response object from code string output = string.Empty; for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) { output += i.ToString() + " "; } Response.Write(output); } Pretty easy to see what’s going on here. The only unusual thing in this code is the Context object which is an arbitrary object I’m passing from the host to the template by way of the template base class. I’m also displaying the current AppDomain and the executing Assembly name so you can see how compiling and running a template actually loads up new assemblies. Also note that as part of my context I’m passing a reference to the current Windows Form down to the template and changing the title from within the script. It’s a silly example, but it demonstrates two-way communication between host and template and back which can be very powerful. The easiest way to quickly render this template is to use the RazorEngine<TTemplateBase> class. The generic parameter specifies a template base class type that is used by Razor internally to generate the class it generates from a template. The default implementation provided in my RazorHosting wrapper is RazorTemplateBase. Here’s a simple one that renders from a string and outputs a string: var engine = new RazorEngine<RazorTemplateBase>(); // we can pass any object as context - here create a custom context var context = new CustomContext() { WinForm = this, FirstName = "Rick", Entered = DateTime.Now.AddDays(-10) }; string output = engine.RenderTemplate(this.txtSource.Text new string[] { "System.Windows.Forms.dll" }, context); if (output == null) this.txtResult.Text = "*** ERROR:\r\n" + engine.ErrorMessage; else this.txtResult.Text = output; Simple enough. This code renders a template from a string input and returns a result back as a string. It  creates a custom context and passes that to the template which can then access the Context’s properties. Note that anything passed as ‘context’ must be serializable (or MarshalByRefObject) – otherwise you get an exception when passing the reference over AppDomain boundaries (discussed later). Passing a context is optional, but is a key feature in being able to share data between the host application and the template. Note that we use the Context object to access FirstName, Entered and even the host Windows Form object which is used in the template to change the Window caption from within the script! In the code above all the work happens in the RenderTemplate method which provide a variety of overloads to read and write to and from strings, files and TextReaders/Writers. Here’s another example that renders from a file input using a TextReader: using (reader = new StreamReader("templates\\simple.csHtml", true)) { result = host.RenderTemplate(reader, new string[] { "System.Windows.Forms.dll" }, this.CustomContext); } RenderTemplate() is fairly high level and it handles loading of the runtime, compiling into an assembly and rendering of the template. If you want more control you can use the lower level methods to control each step of the way which is important for the HostContainers I’ll discuss later. Basically for those scenarios you want to separate out loading of the engine, compiling into an assembly and then rendering the template from the assembly. Why? So we can keep assemblies cached. In the code above a new assembly is created for each template rendered which is inefficient and uses up resources. Depending on the size of your templates and how often you fire them you can chew through memory very quickly. This slighter lower level approach is only a couple of extra steps: // we can pass any object as context - here create a custom context var context = new CustomContext() { WinForm = this, FirstName = "Rick", Entered = DateTime.Now.AddDays(-10) }; var engine = new RazorEngine<RazorTemplateBase>(); string assId = null; using (StringReader reader = new StringReader(this.txtSource.Text)) { assId = engine.ParseAndCompileTemplate(new string[] { "System.Windows.Forms.dll" }, reader); } string output = engine.RenderTemplateFromAssembly(assId, context); if (output == null) this.txtResult.Text = "*** ERROR:\r\n" + engine.ErrorMessage; else this.txtResult.Text = output; The difference here is that you can capture the assembly – or rather an Id to it – and potentially hold on to it to render again later assuming the template hasn’t changed. The HostContainers take advantage of this feature to cache the assemblies based on certain criteria like a filename and file time step or a string hash that if not change indicate that an assembly can be reused. Note that ParseAndCompileTemplate returns an assembly Id rather than the assembly itself. This is done so that that the assembly always stays in the host’s AppDomain and is not passed across AppDomain boundaries which would cause load failures. We’ll talk more about this in a minute but for now just realize that assemblies references are stored in a list and are accessible by this ID to allow locating and re-executing of the assembly based on that id. Reuse of the assembly avoids recompilation overhead and creation of yet another assembly that loads into the current AppDomain. You can play around with several different versions of the above code in the main sample form:   Using Hosting Containers for more Control and Caching The above examples simply render templates into assemblies each and every time they are executed. While this works and is even reasonably fast, it’s not terribly efficient. If you render templates more than once it would be nice if you could cache the generated assemblies for example to avoid re-compiling and creating of a new assembly each time. Additionally it would be nice to load template assemblies into a separate AppDomain optionally to be able to be able to unload assembli es and also to protect your host application from scripting attacks with malicious template code. Hosting containers provide also provide a wrapper around the RazorEngine<T> instance, a factory (which allows creation in separate AppDomains) and an easy way to start and stop the container ‘runtime’. The Razor Hosting samples provide two hosting containers: RazorFolderHostContainer and StringHostContainer. The folder host provides a simple runtime environment for a folder structure similar in the way that the ASP.NET runtime handles a virtual directory as it’s ‘application' root. Templates are loaded from disk in relative paths and the resulting assemblies are cached unless the template on disk is changed. The string host also caches templates based on string hashes – if the same string is passed a second time a cached version of the assembly is used. Here’s how HostContainers work. I’ll use the FolderHostContainer because it’s likely the most common way you’d use templates – from disk based templates that can be easily edited and maintained on disk. The first step is to create an instance of it and keep it around somewhere (in the example it’s attached as a property to the Form): RazorFolderHostContainer Host = new RazorFolderHostContainer(); public RazorFolderHostForm() { InitializeComponent(); // The base path for templates - templates are rendered with relative paths // based on this path. Host.TemplatePath = Path.Combine(Environment.CurrentDirectory, TemplateBaseFolder); // Add any assemblies you want reference in your templates Host.ReferencedAssemblies.Add("System.Windows.Forms.dll"); // Start up the host container Host.Start(); } Next anytime you want to render a template you can use simple code like this: private void RenderTemplate(string fileName) { // Pass the template path via the Context var relativePath = Utilities.GetRelativePath(fileName, Host.TemplatePath); if (!Host.RenderTemplate(relativePath, this.Context, Host.RenderingOutputFile)) { MessageBox.Show("Error: " + Host.ErrorMessage); return; } this.webBrowser1.Navigate("file://" + Host.RenderingOutputFile); } You can also render the output to a string instead of to a file: string result = Host.RenderTemplateToString(relativePath,context); Finally if you want to release the engine and shut down the hosting AppDomain you can simply do: Host.Stop(); Stopping the AppDomain and restarting it (ie. calling Stop(); followed by Start()) is also a nice way to release all resources in the AppDomain. The FolderBased domain also supports partial Rendering based on root path based relative paths with the same caching characteristics as the main templates. From within a template you can call out to a partial like this: @RenderPartial(@"partials\PartialRendering.cshtml", Context) where partials\PartialRendering.cshtml is a relative to the template root folder. The folder host example lets you load up templates from disk and display the result in a Web Browser control which demonstrates using Razor HTML output from templates that contain HTML syntax which happens to me my target scenario for Html Help Builder.   The Razor Engine Wrapper Project The project I created to wrap Razor hosting has a fair bit of code and a number of classes associated with it. Most of the components are internally used and as you can see using the final RazorEngine<T> and HostContainer classes is pretty easy. The classes are extensible and I suspect developers will want to build more customized host containers for their applications. Host containers are the key to wrapping up all functionality – Engine, BaseTemplate, AppDomain Hosting, Caching etc in a logical piece that is ready to be plugged into an application. When looking at the code there are a couple of core features provided: Core Razor Engine Hosting This is the core Razor hosting which provides the basics of loading a template, compiling it into an assembly and executing it. This is fairly straightforward, but without a host container that can cache assemblies based on some criteria templates are recompiled and re-created each time which is inefficient (although pretty fast). The base engine wrapper implementation also supports hosting the Razor runtime in a separate AppDomain for security and the ability to unload it on demand. Host Containers The engine hosting itself doesn’t provide any sort of ‘runtime’ service like picking up files from disk, caching assemblies and so forth. So my implementation provides two HostContainers: RazorFolderHostContainer and RazorStringHostContainer. The FolderHost works off a base directory and loads templates based on relative paths (sort of like the ASP.NET runtime does off a virtual). The HostContainers also deal with caching of template assemblies – for the folder host the file date is tracked and checked for updates and unless the template is changed a cached assembly is reused. The StringHostContainer similiarily checks string hashes to figure out whether a particular string template was previously compiled and executed. The HostContainers also act as a simple startup environment and a single reference to easily store and reuse in an application. TemplateBase Classes The template base classes are the base classes that from which the Razor engine generates .NET code. A template is parsed into a class with an Execute() method and the class is based on this template type you can specify. RazorEngine<TBaseTemplate> can receive this type and the HostContainers default to specific templates in their base implementations. Template classes are customizable to allow you to create templates that provide application specific features and interaction from the template to your host application. How does the RazorEngine wrapper work? You can browse the source code in the links above or in the repository or download the source, but I’ll highlight some key features here. Here’s part of the RazorEngine implementation that can be used to host the runtime and that demonstrates the key code required to host the Razor runtime. The RazorEngine class is implemented as a generic class to reflect the Template base class type: public class RazorEngine<TBaseTemplateType> : MarshalByRefObject where TBaseTemplateType : RazorTemplateBase The generic type is used to internally provide easier access to the template type and assignments on it as part of the template processing. The class also inherits MarshalByRefObject to allow execution over AppDomain boundaries – something that all the classes discussed here need to do since there is much interaction between the host and the template. The first two key methods deal with creating a template assembly: /// <summary> /// Creates an instance of the RazorHost with various options applied. /// Applies basic namespace imports and the name of the class to generate /// </summary> /// <param name="generatedNamespace"></param> /// <param name="generatedClass"></param> /// <returns></returns> protected RazorTemplateEngine CreateHost(string generatedNamespace, string generatedClass) { Type baseClassType = typeof(TBaseTemplateType); RazorEngineHost host = new RazorEngineHost(new CSharpRazorCodeLanguage()); host.DefaultBaseClass = baseClassType.FullName; host.DefaultClassName = generatedClass; host.DefaultNamespace = generatedNamespace; host.NamespaceImports.Add("System"); host.NamespaceImports.Add("System.Text"); host.NamespaceImports.Add("System.Collections.Generic"); host.NamespaceImports.Add("System.Linq"); host.NamespaceImports.Add("System.IO"); return new RazorTemplateEngine(host); } /// <summary> /// Parses and compiles a markup template into an assembly and returns /// an assembly name. The name is an ID that can be passed to /// ExecuteTemplateByAssembly which picks up a cached instance of the /// loaded assembly. /// /// </summary> /// <param name="namespaceOfGeneratedClass">The namespace of the class to generate from the template</param> /// <param name="generatedClassName">The name of the class to generate from the template</param> /// <param name="ReferencedAssemblies">Any referenced assemblies by dll name only. Assemblies must be in execution path of host or in GAC.</param> /// <param name="templateSourceReader">Textreader that loads the template</param> /// <remarks> /// The actual assembly isn't returned here to allow for cross-AppDomain /// operation. If the assembly was returned it would fail for cross-AppDomain /// calls. /// </remarks> /// <returns>An assembly Id. The Assembly is cached in memory and can be used with RenderFromAssembly.</returns> public string ParseAndCompileTemplate( string namespaceOfGeneratedClass, string generatedClassName, string[] ReferencedAssemblies, TextReader templateSourceReader) { RazorTemplateEngine engine = CreateHost(namespaceOfGeneratedClass, generatedClassName); // Generate the template class as CodeDom GeneratorResults razorResults = engine.GenerateCode(templateSourceReader); // Create code from the codeDom and compile CSharpCodeProvider codeProvider = new CSharpCodeProvider(); CodeGeneratorOptions options = new CodeGeneratorOptions(); // Capture Code Generated as a string for error info // and debugging LastGeneratedCode = null; using (StringWriter writer = new StringWriter()) { codeProvider.GenerateCodeFromCompileUnit(razorResults.GeneratedCode, writer, options); LastGeneratedCode = writer.ToString(); } CompilerParameters compilerParameters = new CompilerParameters(ReferencedAssemblies); // Standard Assembly References compilerParameters.ReferencedAssemblies.Add("System.dll"); compilerParameters.ReferencedAssemblies.Add("System.Core.dll"); compilerParameters.ReferencedAssemblies.Add("Microsoft.CSharp.dll"); // dynamic support! // Also add the current assembly so RazorTemplateBase is available compilerParameters.ReferencedAssemblies.Add(Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly().CodeBase.Substring(8)); compilerParameters.GenerateInMemory = Configuration.CompileToMemory; if (!Configuration.CompileToMemory) compilerParameters.OutputAssembly = Path.Combine(Configuration.TempAssemblyPath, "_" + Guid.NewGuid().ToString("n") + ".dll"); CompilerResults compilerResults = codeProvider.CompileAssemblyFromDom(compilerParameters, razorResults.GeneratedCode); if (compilerResults.Errors.Count > 0) { var compileErrors = new StringBuilder(); foreach (System.CodeDom.Compiler.CompilerError compileError in compilerResults.Errors) compileErrors.Append(String.Format(Resources.LineX0TColX1TErrorX2RN, compileError.Line, compileError.Column, compileError.ErrorText)); this.SetError(compileErrors.ToString() + "\r\n" + LastGeneratedCode); return null; } AssemblyCache.Add(compilerResults.CompiledAssembly.FullName, compilerResults.CompiledAssembly); return compilerResults.CompiledAssembly.FullName; } Think of the internal CreateHost() method as setting up the assembly generated from each template. Each template compiles into a separate assembly. It sets up namespaces, and assembly references, the base class used and the name and namespace for the generated class. ParseAndCompileTemplate() then calls the CreateHost() method to receive the template engine generator which effectively generates a CodeDom from the template – the template is turned into .NET code. The code generated from our earlier example looks something like this: //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ // <auto-generated> // This code was generated by a tool. // Runtime Version:4.0.30319.1 // // Changes to this file may cause incorrect behavior and will be lost if // the code is regenerated. // </auto-generated> //------------------------------------------------------------------------------ namespace RazorTest { using System; using System.Text; using System.Collections.Generic; using System.Linq; using System.IO; using System.Reflection; public class RazorTemplate : RazorHosting.RazorTemplateBase { #line hidden public RazorTemplate() { } public override void Execute() { WriteLiteral("Hello "); Write(Context.FirstName); WriteLiteral("! Your entry was entered on: "); Write(Context.Entered); WriteLiteral("\r\n\r\n"); // Code block: Update the host Windows Form passed in through the context Context.WinForm.Text = "Hello World from Razor at " + DateTime.Now.ToString(); WriteLiteral("\r\nAppDomain Id:\r\n "); Write(AppDomain.CurrentDomain.FriendlyName); WriteLiteral("\r\n \r\nAssembly:\r\n "); Write(Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly().FullName); WriteLiteral("\r\n\r\nCode based output: \r\n"); // Write output with Response object from code string output = string.Empty; for (int i = 0; i < 10; i++) { output += i.ToString() + " "; } } } } Basically the template’s body is turned into code in an Execute method that is called. Internally the template’s Write method is fired to actually generate the output. Note that the class inherits from RazorTemplateBase which is the generic parameter I used to specify the base class when creating an instance in my RazorEngine host: var engine = new RazorEngine<RazorTemplateBase>(); This template class must be provided and it must implement an Execute() and Write() method. Beyond that you can create any class you chose and attach your own properties. My RazorTemplateBase class implementation is very simple: public class RazorTemplateBase : MarshalByRefObject, IDisposable { /// <summary> /// You can pass in a generic context object /// to use in your template code /// </summary> public dynamic Context { get; set; } /// <summary> /// Class that generates output. Currently ultra simple /// with only Response.Write() implementation. /// </summary> public RazorResponse Response { get; set; } public object HostContainer {get; set; } public object Engine { get; set; } public RazorTemplateBase() { Response = new RazorResponse(); } public virtual void Write(object value) { Response.Write(value); } public virtual void WriteLiteral(object value) { Response.Write(value); } /// <summary> /// Razor Parser implements this method /// </summary> public virtual void Execute() {} public virtual void Dispose() { if (Response != null) { Response.Dispose(); Response = null; } } } Razor fills in the Execute method when it generates its subclass and uses the Write() method to output content. As you can see I use a RazorResponse() class here to generate output. This isn’t necessary really, as you could use a StringBuilder or StringWriter() directly, but I prefer using Response object so I can extend the Response behavior as needed. The RazorResponse class is also very simple and merely acts as a wrapper around a TextWriter: public class RazorResponse : IDisposable { /// <summary> /// Internal text writer - default to StringWriter() /// </summary> public TextWriter Writer = new StringWriter(); public virtual void Write(object value) { Writer.Write(value); } public virtual void WriteLine(object value) { Write(value); Write("\r\n"); } public virtual void WriteFormat(string format, params object[] args) { Write(string.Format(format, args)); } public override string ToString() { return Writer.ToString(); } public virtual void Dispose() { Writer.Close(); } public virtual void SetTextWriter(TextWriter writer) { // Close original writer if (Writer != null) Writer.Close(); Writer = writer; } } The Rendering Methods of RazorEngine At this point I’ve talked about the assembly generation logic and the template implementation itself. What’s left is that once you’ve generated the assembly is to execute it. The code to do this is handled in the various RenderXXX methods of the RazorEngine class. Let’s look at the lowest level one of these which is RenderTemplateFromAssembly() and a couple of internal support methods that handle instantiating and invoking of the generated template method: public string RenderTemplateFromAssembly( string assemblyId, string generatedNamespace, string generatedClass, object context, TextWriter outputWriter) { this.SetError(); Assembly generatedAssembly = AssemblyCache[assemblyId]; if (generatedAssembly == null) { this.SetError(Resources.PreviouslyCompiledAssemblyNotFound); return null; } string className = generatedNamespace + "." + generatedClass; Type type; try { type = generatedAssembly.GetType(className); } catch (Exception ex) { this.SetError(Resources.UnableToCreateType + className + ": " + ex.Message); return null; } // Start with empty non-error response (if we use a writer) string result = string.Empty; using(TBaseTemplateType instance = InstantiateTemplateClass(type)) { if (instance == null) return null; if (outputWriter != null) instance.Response.SetTextWriter(outputWriter); if (!InvokeTemplateInstance(instance, context)) return null; // Capture string output if implemented and return // otherwise null is returned if (outputWriter == null) result = instance.Response.ToString(); } return result; } protected virtual TBaseTemplateType InstantiateTemplateClass(Type type) { TBaseTemplateType instance = Activator.CreateInstance(type) as TBaseTemplateType; if (instance == null) { SetError(Resources.CouldnTActivateTypeInstance + type.FullName); return null; } instance.Engine = this; // If a HostContainer was set pass that to the template too instance.HostContainer = this.HostContainer; return instance; } /// <summary> /// Internally executes an instance of the template, /// captures errors on execution and returns true or false /// </summary> /// <param name="instance">An instance of the generated template</param> /// <returns>true or false - check ErrorMessage for errors</returns> protected virtual bool InvokeTemplateInstance(TBaseTemplateType instance, object context) { try { instance.Context = context; instance.Execute(); } catch (Exception ex) { this.SetError(Resources.TemplateExecutionError + ex.Message); return false; } finally { // Must make sure Response is closed instance.Response.Dispose(); } return true; } The RenderTemplateFromAssembly method basically requires the namespace and class to instantate and creates an instance of the class using InstantiateTemplateClass(). It then invokes the method with InvokeTemplateInstance(). These two methods are broken out because they are re-used by various other rendering methods and also to allow subclassing and providing additional configuration tasks to set properties and pass values to templates at execution time. In the default mode instantiation sets the Engine and HostContainer (discussed later) so the template can call back into the template engine, and the context is set when the template method is invoked. The various RenderXXX methods use similar code although they create the assemblies first. If you’re after potentially cashing assemblies the method is the one to call and that’s exactly what the two HostContainer classes do. More on that in a minute, but before we get into HostContainers let’s talk about AppDomain hosting and the like. Running Templates in their own AppDomain With the RazorEngine class above, when a template is parsed into an assembly and executed the assembly is created (in memory or on disk – you can configure that) and cached in the current AppDomain. In .NET once an assembly has been loaded it can never be unloaded so if you’re loading lots of templates and at some time you want to release them there’s no way to do so. If however you load the assemblies in a separate AppDomain that new AppDomain can be unloaded and the assemblies loaded in it with it. In order to host the templates in a separate AppDomain the easiest thing to do is to run the entire RazorEngine in a separate AppDomain. Then all interaction occurs in the other AppDomain and no further changes have to be made. To facilitate this there is a RazorEngineFactory which has methods that can instantiate the RazorHost in a separate AppDomain as well as in the local AppDomain. The host creates the remote instance and then hangs on to it to keep it alive as well as providing methods to shut down the AppDomain and reload the engine. Sounds complicated but cross-AppDomain invocation is actually fairly easy to implement. Here’s some of the relevant code from the RazorEngineFactory class. Like the RazorEngine this class is generic and requires a template base type in the generic class name: public class RazorEngineFactory<TBaseTemplateType> where TBaseTemplateType : RazorTemplateBase Here are the key methods of interest: /// <summary> /// Creates an instance of the RazorHost in a new AppDomain. This /// version creates a static singleton that that is cached and you /// can call UnloadRazorHostInAppDomain to unload it. /// </summary> /// <returns></returns> public static RazorEngine<TBaseTemplateType> CreateRazorHostInAppDomain() { if (Current == null) Current = new RazorEngineFactory<TBaseTemplateType>(); return Current.GetRazorHostInAppDomain(); } public static void UnloadRazorHostInAppDomain() { if (Current != null) Current.UnloadHost(); Current = null; } /// <summary> /// Instance method that creates a RazorHost in a new AppDomain. /// This method requires that you keep the Factory around in /// order to keep the AppDomain alive and be able to unload it. /// </summary> /// <returns></returns> public RazorEngine<TBaseTemplateType> GetRazorHostInAppDomain() { LocalAppDomain = CreateAppDomain(null); if (LocalAppDomain == null) return null; /// Create the instance inside of the new AppDomain /// Note: remote domain uses local EXE's AppBasePath!!! RazorEngine<TBaseTemplateType> host = null; try { Assembly ass = Assembly.GetExecutingAssembly(); string AssemblyPath = ass.Location; host = (RazorEngine<TBaseTemplateType>) LocalAppDomain.CreateInstanceFrom(AssemblyPath, typeof(RazorEngine<TBaseTemplateType>).FullName).Unwrap(); } catch (Exception ex) { ErrorMessage = ex.Message; return null; } return host; } /// <summary> /// Internally creates a new AppDomain in which Razor templates can /// be run. /// </summary> /// <param name="appDomainName"></param> /// <returns></returns> private AppDomain CreateAppDomain(string appDomainName) { if (appDomainName == null) appDomainName = "RazorHost_" + Guid.NewGuid().ToString("n"); AppDomainSetup setup = new AppDomainSetup(); // *** Point at current directory setup.ApplicationBase = AppDomain.CurrentDomain.BaseDirectory; AppDomain localDomain = AppDomain.CreateDomain(appDomainName, null, setup); return localDomain; } /// <summary> /// Allow unloading of the created AppDomain to release resources /// All internal resources in the AppDomain are released including /// in memory compiled Razor assemblies. /// </summary> public void UnloadHost() { if (this.LocalAppDomain != null) { AppDomain.Unload(this.LocalAppDomain); this.LocalAppDomain = null; } } The static CreateRazorHostInAppDomain() is the key method that startup code usually calls. It uses a Current singleton instance to an instance of itself that is created cross AppDomain and is kept alive because it’s static. GetRazorHostInAppDomain actually creates a cross-AppDomain instance which first creates a new AppDomain and then loads the RazorEngine into it. The remote Proxy instance is returned as a result to the method and can be used the same as a local instance. The code to run with a remote AppDomain is simple: private RazorEngine<RazorTemplateBase> CreateHost() { if (this.Host != null) return this.Host; // Use Static Methods - no error message if host doesn't load this.Host = RazorEngineFactory<RazorTemplateBase>.CreateRazorHostInAppDomain(); if (this.Host == null) { MessageBox.Show("Unable to load Razor Template Host", "Razor Hosting", MessageBoxButtons.OK, MessageBoxIcon.Exclamation); } return this.Host; } This code relies on a local reference of the Host which is kept around for the duration of the app (in this case a form reference). To use this you’d simply do: this.Host = CreateHost(); if (host == null) return; string result = host.RenderTemplate( this.txtSource.Text, new string[] { "System.Windows.Forms.dll", "Westwind.Utilities.dll" }, this.CustomContext); if (result == null) { MessageBox.Show(host.ErrorMessage, "Template Execution Error", MessageBoxButtons.OK, MessageBoxIcon.Exclamation); return; } this.txtResult.Text = result; Now all templates run in a remote AppDomain and can be unloaded with simple code like this: RazorEngineFactory<RazorTemplateBase>.UnloadRazorHostInAppDomain(); this.Host = null; One Step further – Providing a caching ‘Runtime’ Once we can load templates in a remote AppDomain we can add some additional functionality like assembly caching based on application specific features. One of my typical scenarios is to render templates out of a scripts folder. So all templates live in a folder and they change infrequently. So a Folder based host that can compile these templates once and then only recompile them if something changes would be ideal. Enter host containers which are basically wrappers around the RazorEngine<t> and RazorEngineFactory<t>. They provide additional logic for things like file caching based on changes on disk or string hashes for string based template inputs. The folder host also provides for partial rendering logic through a custom template base implementation. There’s a base implementation in RazorBaseHostContainer, which provides the basics for hosting a RazorEngine, which includes the ability to start and stop the engine, cache assemblies and add references: public abstract class RazorBaseHostContainer<TBaseTemplateType> : MarshalByRefObject where TBaseTemplateType : RazorTemplateBase, new() { public RazorBaseHostContainer() { UseAppDomain = true; GeneratedNamespace = "__RazorHost"; } /// <summary> /// Determines whether the Container hosts Razor /// in a separate AppDomain. Seperate AppDomain /// hosting allows unloading and releasing of /// resources. /// </summary> public bool UseAppDomain { get; set; } /// <summary> /// Base folder location where the AppDomain /// is hosted. By default uses the same folder /// as the host application. /// /// Determines where binary dependencies are /// found for assembly references. /// </summary> public string BaseBinaryFolder { get; set; } /// <summary> /// List of referenced assemblies as string values. /// Must be in GAC or in the current folder of the host app/ /// base BinaryFolder /// </summary> public List<string> ReferencedAssemblies = new List<string>(); /// <summary> /// Name of the generated namespace for template classes /// </summary> public string GeneratedNamespace {get; set; } /// <summary> /// Any error messages /// </summary> public string ErrorMessage { get; set; } /// <summary> /// Cached instance of the Host. Required to keep the /// reference to the host alive for multiple uses. /// </summary> public RazorEngine<TBaseTemplateType> Engine; /// <summary> /// Cached instance of the Host Factory - so we can unload /// the host and its associated AppDomain. /// </summary> protected RazorEngineFactory<TBaseTemplateType> EngineFactory; /// <summary> /// Keep track of each compiled assembly /// and when it was compiled. /// /// Use a hash of the string to identify string /// changes. /// </summary> protected Dictionary<int, CompiledAssemblyItem> LoadedAssemblies = new Dictionary<int, CompiledAssemblyItem>(); /// <summary> /// Call to start the Host running. Follow by a calls to RenderTemplate to /// render individual templates. Call Stop when done. /// </summary> /// <returns>true or false - check ErrorMessage on false </returns> public virtual bool Start() { if (Engine == null) { if (UseAppDomain) Engine = RazorEngineFactory<TBaseTemplateType>.CreateRazorHostInAppDomain(); else Engine = RazorEngineFactory<TBaseTemplateType>.CreateRazorHost(); Engine.Configuration.CompileToMemory = true; Engine.HostContainer = this; if (Engine == null) { this.ErrorMessage = EngineFactory.ErrorMessage; return false; } } return true; } /// <summary> /// Stops the Host and releases the host AppDomain and cached /// assemblies. /// </summary> /// <returns>true or false</returns> public bool Stop() { this.LoadedAssemblies.Clear(); RazorEngineFactory<RazorTemplateBase>.UnloadRazorHostInAppDomain(); this.Engine = null; return true; } … } This base class provides most of the mechanics to host the runtime, but no application specific implementation for rendering. There are rendering functions but they just call the engine directly and provide no caching – there’s no context to decide how to cache and reuse templates. The key methods are Start and Stop and their main purpose is to start a new AppDomain (optionally) and shut it down when requested. The RazorFolderHostContainer – Folder Based Runtime Hosting Let’s look at the more application specific RazorFolderHostContainer implementation which is defined like this: public class RazorFolderHostContainer : RazorBaseHostContainer<RazorTemplateFolderHost> Note that a customized RazorTemplateFolderHost class template is used for this implementation that supports partial rendering in form of a RenderPartial() method that’s available to templates. The folder host’s features are: Render templates based on a Template Base Path (a ‘virtual’ if you will) Cache compiled assemblies based on the relative path and file time stamp File changes on templates cause templates to be recompiled into new assemblies Support for partial rendering using base folder relative pathing As shown in the startup examples earlier host containers require some startup code with a HostContainer tied to a persistent property (like a Form property): // The base path for templates - templates are rendered with relative paths // based on this path. HostContainer.TemplatePath = Path.Combine(Environment.CurrentDirectory, TemplateBaseFolder); // Default output rendering disk location HostContainer.RenderingOutputFile = Path.Combine(HostContainer.TemplatePath, "__Preview.htm"); // Add any assemblies you want reference in your templates HostContainer.ReferencedAssemblies.Add("System.Windows.Forms.dll"); // Start up the host container HostContainer.Start(); Once that’s done, you can render templates with the host container: // Pass the template path for full filename seleted with OpenFile Dialog // relativepath is: subdir\file.cshtml or file.cshtml or ..\file.cshtml var relativePath = Utilities.GetRelativePath(fileName, HostContainer.TemplatePath); if (!HostContainer.RenderTemplate(relativePath, Context, HostContainer.RenderingOutputFile)) { MessageBox.Show("Error: " + HostContainer.ErrorMessage); return; } webBrowser1.Navigate("file://" + HostContainer.RenderingOutputFile); The most critical task of the RazorFolderHostContainer implementation is to retrieve a template from disk, compile and cache it and then deal with deciding whether subsequent requests need to re-compile the template or simply use a cached version. Internally the GetAssemblyFromFileAndCache() handles this task: /// <summary> /// Internally checks if a cached assembly exists and if it does uses it /// else creates and compiles one. Returns an assembly Id to be /// used with the LoadedAssembly list. /// </summary> /// <param name="relativePath"></param> /// <param name="context"></param> /// <returns></returns> protected virtual CompiledAssemblyItem GetAssemblyFromFileAndCache(string relativePath) { string fileName = Path.Combine(TemplatePath, relativePath).ToLower(); int fileNameHash = fileName.GetHashCode(); if (!File.Exists(fileName)) { this.SetError(Resources.TemplateFileDoesnTExist + fileName); return null; } CompiledAssemblyItem item = null; this.LoadedAssemblies.TryGetValue(fileNameHash, out item); string assemblyId = null; // Check for cached instance if (item != null) { var fileTime = File.GetLastWriteTimeUtc(fileName); if (fileTime <= item.CompileTimeUtc) assemblyId = item.AssemblyId; } else item = new CompiledAssemblyItem(); // No cached instance - create assembly and cache if (assemblyId == null) { string safeClassName = GetSafeClassName(fileName); StreamReader reader = null; try { reader = new StreamReader(fileName, true); } catch (Exception ex) { this.SetError(Resources.ErrorReadingTemplateFile + fileName); return null; } assemblyId = Engine.ParseAndCompileTemplate(this.ReferencedAssemblies.ToArray(), reader); // need to ensure reader is closed if (reader != null) reader.Close(); if (assemblyId == null) { this.SetError(Engine.ErrorMessage); return null; } item.AssemblyId = assemblyId; item.CompileTimeUtc = DateTime.UtcNow; item.FileName = fileName; item.SafeClassName = safeClassName; this.LoadedAssemblies[fileNameHash] = item; } return item; } This code uses a LoadedAssembly dictionary which is comprised of a structure that holds a reference to a compiled assembly, a full filename and file timestamp and an assembly id. LoadedAssemblies (defined on the base class shown earlier) is essentially a cache for compiled assemblies and they are identified by a hash id. In the case of files the hash is a GetHashCode() from the full filename of the template. The template is checked for in the cache and if not found the file stamp is checked. If that’s newer than the cache’s compilation date the template is recompiled otherwise the version in the cache is used. All the core work defers to a RazorEngine<T> instance to ParseAndCompileTemplate(). The three rendering specific methods then are rather simple implementations with just a few lines of code dealing with parameter and return value parsing: /// <summary> /// Renders a template to a TextWriter. Useful to write output into a stream or /// the Response object. Used for partial rendering. /// </summary> /// <param name="relativePath">Relative path to the file in the folder structure</param> /// <param name="context">Optional context object or null</param> /// <param name="writer">The textwriter to write output into</param> /// <returns></returns> public bool RenderTemplate(string relativePath, object context, TextWriter writer) { // Set configuration data that is to be passed to the template (any object) Engine.TemplatePerRequestConfigurationData = new RazorFolderHostTemplateConfiguration() { TemplatePath = Path.Combine(this.TemplatePath, relativePath), TemplateRelativePath = relativePath, }; CompiledAssemblyItem item = GetAssemblyFromFileAndCache(relativePath); if (item == null) { writer.Close(); return false; } try { // String result will be empty as output will be rendered into the // Response object's stream output. However a null result denotes // an error string result = Engine.RenderTemplateFromAssembly(item.AssemblyId, context, writer); if (result == null) { this.SetError(Engine.ErrorMessage); return false; } } catch (Exception ex) { this.SetError(ex.Message); return false; } finally { writer.Close(); } return true; } /// <summary> /// Render a template from a source file on disk to a specified outputfile. /// </summary> /// <param name="relativePath">Relative path off the template root folder. Format: path/filename.cshtml</param> /// <param name="context">Any object that will be available in the template as a dynamic of this.Context</param> /// <param name="outputFile">Optional - output file where output is written to. If not specified the /// RenderingOutputFile property is used instead /// </param> /// <returns>true if rendering succeeds, false on failure - check ErrorMessage</returns> public bool RenderTemplate(string relativePath, object context, string outputFile) { if (outputFile == null) outputFile = RenderingOutputFile; try { using (StreamWriter writer = new StreamWriter(outputFile, false, Engine.Configuration.OutputEncoding, Engine.Configuration.StreamBufferSize)) { return RenderTemplate(relativePath, context, writer); } } catch (Exception ex) { this.SetError(ex.Message); return false; } return true; } /// <summary> /// Renders a template to string. Useful for RenderTemplate /// </summary> /// <param name="relativePath"></param> /// <param name="context"></param> /// <returns></returns> public string RenderTemplateToString(string relativePath, object context) { string result = string.Empty; try { using (StringWriter writer = new StringWriter()) { // String result will be empty as output will be rendered into the // Response object's stream output. However a null result denotes // an error if (!RenderTemplate(relativePath, context, writer)) { this.SetError(Engine.ErrorMessage); return null; } result = writer.ToString(); } } catch (Exception ex) { this.SetError(ex.Message); return null; } return result; } The idea is that you can create custom host container implementations that do exactly what you want fairly easily. Take a look at both the RazorFolderHostContainer and RazorStringHostContainer classes for the basic concepts you can use to create custom implementations. Notice also that you can set the engine’s PerRequestConfigurationData() from the host container: // Set configuration data that is to be passed to the template (any object) Engine.TemplatePerRequestConfigurationData = new RazorFolderHostTemplateConfiguration() { TemplatePath = Path.Combine(this.TemplatePath, relativePath), TemplateRelativePath = relativePath, }; which when set to a non-null value is passed to the Template’s InitializeTemplate() method. This method receives an object parameter which you can cast as needed: public override void InitializeTemplate(object configurationData) { // Pick up configuration data and stuff into Request object RazorFolderHostTemplateConfiguration config = configurationData as RazorFolderHostTemplateConfiguration; this.Request.TemplatePath = config.TemplatePath; this.Request.TemplateRelativePath = config.TemplateRelativePath; } With this data you can then configure any custom properties or objects on your main template class. It’s an easy way to pass data from the HostContainer all the way down into the template. The type you use is of type object so you have to cast it yourself, and it must be serializable since it will likely run in a separate AppDomain. This might seem like an ugly way to pass data around – normally I’d use an event delegate to call back from the engine to the host, but since this is running over AppDomain boundaries events get really tricky and passing a template instance back up into the host over AppDomain boundaries doesn’t work due to serialization issues. So it’s easier to pass the data from the host down into the template using this rather clumsy approach of set and forward. It’s ugly, but it’s something that can be hidden in the host container implementation as I’ve done here. It’s also not something you have to do in every implementation so this is kind of an edge case, but I know I’ll need to pass a bunch of data in some of my applications and this will be the easiest way to do so. Summing Up Hosting the Razor runtime is something I got jazzed up about quite a bit because I have an immediate need for this type of templating/merging/scripting capability in an application I’m working on. I’ve also been using templating in many apps and it’s always been a pain to deal with. The Razor engine makes this whole experience a lot cleaner and more light weight and with these wrappers I can now plug .NET based templating into my code literally with a few lines of code. That’s something to cheer about… I hope some of you will find this useful as well… Resources The examples and code require that you download the Razor runtimes. Projects are for Visual Studio 2010 running on .NET 4.0 Platform Installer 3.0 (install WebMatrix or MVC 3 for Razor Runtimes) Latest Code in Subversion Repository Download Snapshot of the Code Documentation (CHM Help File) © Rick Strahl, West Wind Technologies, 2005-2010Posted in ASP.NET  .NET  

    Read the article

  • Agile Development

    - by James Oloo Onyango
    Alot of literature has and is being written about agile developement and its surrounding philosophies. In my quest to find the best way to express the importance of agile methodologies, i have found Robert C. Martin's "A Satire Of Two Companies" to be both the most concise and thorough! Enjoy the read! Rufus Inc Project Kick Off Your name is Bob. The date is January 3, 2001, and your head still aches from the recent millennial revelry. You are sitting in a conference room with several managers and a group of your peers. You are a project team leader. Your boss is there, and he has brought along all of his team leaders. His boss called the meeting. "We have a new project to develop," says your boss's boss. Call him BB. The points in his hair are so long that they scrape the ceiling. Your boss's points are just starting to grow, but he eagerly awaits the day when he can leave Brylcream stains on the acoustic tiles. BB describes the essence of the new market they have identified and the product they want to develop to exploit this market. "We must have this new project up and working by fourth quarter October 1," BB demands. "Nothing is of higher priority, so we are cancelling your current project." The reaction in the room is stunned silence. Months of work are simply going to be thrown away. Slowly, a murmur of objection begins to circulate around the conference table.   His points give off an evil green glow as BB meets the eyes of everyone in the room. One by one, that insidious stare reduces each attendee to quivering lumps of protoplasm. It is clear that he will brook no discussion on this matter. Once silence has been restored, BB says, "We need to begin immediately. How long will it take you to do the analysis?" You raise your hand. Your boss tries to stop you, but his spitwad misses you and you are unaware of his efforts.   "Sir, we can't tell you how long the analysis will take until we have some requirements." "The requirements document won't be ready for 3 or 4 weeks," BB says, his points vibrating with frustration. "So, pretend that you have the requirements in front of you now. How long will you require for analysis?" No one breathes. Everyone looks around to see whether anyone has some idea. "If analysis goes beyond April 1, we have a problem. Can you finish the analysis by then?" Your boss visibly gathers his courage: "We'll find a way, sir!" His points grow 3 mm, and your headache increases by two Tylenol. "Good." BB smiles. "Now, how long will it take to do the design?" "Sir," you say. Your boss visibly pales. He is clearly worried that his 3 mms are at risk. "Without an analysis, it will not be possible to tell you how long design will take." BB's expression shifts beyond austere.   "PRETEND you have the analysis already!" he says, while fixing you with his vacant, beady little eyes. "How long will it take you to do the design?" Two Tylenol are not going to cut it. Your boss, in a desperate attempt to save his new growth, babbles: "Well, sir, with only six months left to complete the project, design had better take no longer than 3 months."   "I'm glad you agree, Smithers!" BB says, beaming. Your boss relaxes. He knows his points are secure. After a while, he starts lightly humming the Brylcream jingle. BB continues, "So, analysis will be complete by April 1, design will be complete by July 1, and that gives you 3 months to implement the project. This meeting is an example of how well our new consensus and empowerment policies are working. Now, get out there and start working. I'll expect to see TQM plans and QIT assignments on my desk by next week. Oh, and don't forget that your crossfunctional team meetings and reports will be needed for next month's quality audit." "Forget the Tylenol," you think to yourself as you return to your cubicle. "I need bourbon."   Visibly excited, your boss comes over to you and says, "Gosh, what a great meeting. I think we're really going to do some world shaking with this project." You nod in agreement, too disgusted to do anything else. "Oh," your boss continues, "I almost forgot." He hands you a 30-page document. "Remember that the SEI is coming to do an evaluation next week. This is the evaluation guide. You need to read through it, memorize it, and then shred it. It tells you how to answer any questions that the SEI auditors ask you. It also tells you what parts of the building you are allowed to take them to and what parts to avoid. We are determined to be a CMM level 3 organization by June!"   You and your peers start working on the analysis of the new project. This is difficult because you have no requirements. But from the 10-minute introduction given by BB on that fateful morning, you have some idea of what the product is supposed to do.   Corporate process demands that you begin by creating a use case document. You and your team begin enumerating use cases and drawing oval and stick diagrams. Philosophical debates break out among the team members. There is disagreement as to whether certain use cases should be connected with <<extends>> or <<includes>> relationships. Competing models are created, but nobody knows how to evaluate them. The debate continues, effectively paralyzing progress.   After a week, somebody finds the iceberg.com Web site, which recommends disposing entirely of <<extends>> and <<includes>> and replacing them with <<precedes>> and <<uses>>. The documents on this Web site, authored by Don Sengroiux, describes a method known as stalwart-analysis, which claims to be a step-by-step method for translating use cases into design diagrams. More competing use case models are created using this new scheme, but again, people can't agree on how to evaluate them. The thrashing continues. More and more, the use case meetings are driven by emotion rather than by reason. If it weren't for the fact that you don't have requirements, you'd be pretty upset by the lack of progress you are making. The requirements document arrives on February 15. And then again on February 20, 25, and every week thereafter. Each new version contradicts the previous one. Clearly, the marketing folks who are writing the requirements, empowered though they might be, are not finding consensus.   At the same time, several new competing use case templates have been proposed by the various team members. Each template presents its own particularly creative way of delaying progress. The debates rage on. On March 1, Prudence Putrigence, the process proctor, succeeds in integrating all the competing use case forms and templates into a single, all-encompassing form. Just the blank form is 15 pages long. She has managed to include every field that appeared on all the competing templates. She also presents a 159- page document describing how to fill out the use case form. All current use cases must be rewritten according to the new standard.   You marvel to yourself that it now requires 15 pages of fill-in-the-blank and essay questions to answer the question: What should the system do when the user presses Return? The corporate process (authored by L. E. Ott, famed author of "Holistic Analysis: A Progressive Dialectic for Software Engineers") insists that you discover all primary use cases, 87 percent of all secondary use cases, and 36.274 percent of all tertiary use cases before you can complete analysis and enter the design phase. You have no idea what a tertiary use case is. So in an attempt to meet this requirement, you try to get your use case document reviewed by the marketing department, which you hope will know what a tertiary use case is.   Unfortunately, the marketing folks are too busy with sales support to talk to you. Indeed, since the project started, you have not been able to get a single meeting with marketing, which has provided a never-ending stream of changing and contradictory requirements documents.   While one team has been spinning endlessly on the use case document, another team has been working out the domain model. Endless variations of UML documents are pouring out of this team. Every week, the model is reworked.   The team members can't decide whether to use <<interfaces>> or <<types>> in the model. A huge disagreement has been raging on the proper syntax and application of OCL. Others on the team just got back from a 5-day class on catabolism, and have been producing incredibly detailed and arcane diagrams that nobody else can fathom.   On March 27, with one week to go before analysis is to be complete, you have produced a sea of documents and diagrams but are no closer to a cogent analysis of the problem than you were on January 3. **** And then, a miracle happens.   **** On Saturday, April 1, you check your e-mail from home. You see a memo from your boss to BB. It states unequivocally that you are done with the analysis! You phone your boss and complain. "How could you have told BB that we were done with the analysis?" "Have you looked at a calendar lately?" he responds. "It's April 1!" The irony of that date does not escape you. "But we have so much more to think about. So much more to analyze! We haven't even decided whether to use <<extends>> or <<precedes>>!" "Where is your evidence that you are not done?" inquires your boss, impatiently. "Whaaa . . . ." But he cuts you off. "Analysis can go on forever; it has to be stopped at some point. And since this is the date it was scheduled to stop, it has been stopped. Now, on Monday, I want you to gather up all existing analysis materials and put them into a public folder. Release that folder to Prudence so that she can log it in the CM system by Monday afternoon. Then get busy and start designing."   As you hang up the phone, you begin to consider the benefits of keeping a bottle of bourbon in your bottom desk drawer. They threw a party to celebrate the on-time completion of the analysis phase. BB gave a colon-stirring speech on empowerment. And your boss, another 3 mm taller, congratulated his team on the incredible show of unity and teamwork. Finally, the CIO takes the stage to tell everyone that the SEI audit went very well and to thank everyone for studying and shredding the evaluation guides that were passed out. Level 3 now seems assured and will be awarded by June. (Scuttlebutt has it that managers at the level of BB and above are to receive significant bonuses once the SEI awards level 3.)   As the weeks flow by, you and your team work on the design of the system. Of course, you find that the analysis that the design is supposedly based on is flawedno, useless; no, worse than useless. But when you tell your boss that you need to go back and work some more on the analysis to shore up its weaker sections, he simply states, "The analysis phase is over. The only allowable activity is design. Now get back to it."   So, you and your team hack the design as best you can, unsure of whether the requirements have been properly analyzed. Of course, it really doesn't matter much, since the requirements document is still thrashing with weekly revisions, and the marketing department still refuses to meet with you.     The design is a nightmare. Your boss recently misread a book named The Finish Line in which the author, Mark DeThomaso, blithely suggested that design documents should be taken down to code-level detail. "If we are going to be working at that level of detail," you ask, "why don't we simply write the code instead?" "Because then you wouldn't be designing, of course. And the only allowable activity in the design phase is design!" "Besides," he continues, "we have just purchased a companywide license for Dandelion! This tool enables 'Round the Horn Engineering!' You are to transfer all design diagrams into this tool. It will automatically generate our code for us! It will also keep the design diagrams in sync with the code!" Your boss hands you a brightly colored shrinkwrapped box containing the Dandelion distribution. You accept it numbly and shuffle off to your cubicle. Twelve hours, eight crashes, one disk reformatting, and eight shots of 151 later, you finally have the tool installed on your server. You consider the week your team will lose while attending Dandelion training. Then you smile and think, "Any week I'm not here is a good week." Design diagram after design diagram is created by your team. Dandelion makes it very difficult to draw these diagrams. There are dozens and dozens of deeply nested dialog boxes with funny text fields and check boxes that must all be filled in correctly. And then there's the problem of moving classes between packages. At first, these diagram are driven from the use cases. But the requirements are changing so often that the use cases rapidly become meaningless. Debates rage about whether VISITOR or DECORATOR design patterns should be used. One developer refuses to use VISITOR in any form, claiming that it's not a properly object-oriented construct. Someone refuses to use multiple inheritance, since it is the spawn of the devil. Review meetings rapidly degenerate into debates about the meaning of object orientation, the definition of analysis versus design, or when to use aggregation versus association. Midway through the design cycle, the marketing folks announce that they have rethought the focus of the system. Their new requirements document is completely restructured. They have eliminated several major feature areas and replaced them with feature areas that they anticipate customer surveys will show to be more appropriate. You tell your boss that these changes mean that you need to reanalyze and redesign much of the system. But he says, "The analysis phase is system. But he says, "The analysis phase is over. The only allowable activity is design. Now get back to it."   You suggest that it might be better to create a simple prototype to show to the marketing folks and even some potential customers. But your boss says, "The analysis phase is over. The only allowable activity is design. Now get back to it." Hack, hack, hack, hack. You try to create some kind of a design document that might reflect the new requirements documents. However, the revolution of the requirements has not caused them to stop thrashing. Indeed, if anything, the wild oscillations of the requirements document have only increased in frequency and amplitude.   You slog your way through them.   On June 15, the Dandelion database gets corrupted. Apparently, the corruption has been progressive. Small errors in the DB accumulated over the months into bigger and bigger errors. Eventually, the CASE tool just stopped working. Of course, the slowly encroaching corruption is present on all the backups. Calls to the Dandelion technical support line go unanswered for several days. Finally, you receive a brief e-mail from Dandelion, informing you that this is a known problem and that the solution is to purchase the new version, which they promise will be ready some time next quarter, and then reenter all the diagrams by hand.   ****   Then, on July 1 another miracle happens! You are done with the design!   Rather than go to your boss and complain, you stock your middle desk drawer with some vodka.   **** They threw a party to celebrate the on-time completion of the design phase and their graduation to CMM level 3. This time, you find BB's speech so stirring that you have to use the restroom before it begins. New banners and plaques are all over your workplace. They show pictures of eagles and mountain climbers, and they talk about teamwork and empowerment. They read better after a few scotches. That reminds you that you need to clear out your file cabinet to make room for the brandy. You and your team begin to code. But you rapidly discover that the design is lacking in some significant areas. Actually, it's lacking any significance at all. You convene a design session in one of the conference rooms to try to work through some of the nastier problems. But your boss catches you at it and disbands the meeting, saying, "The design phase is over. The only allowable activity is coding. Now get back to it."   ****   The code generated by Dandelion is really hideous. It turns out that you and your team were using association and aggregation the wrong way, after all. All the generated code has to be edited to correct these flaws. Editing this code is extremely difficult because it has been instrumented with ugly comment blocks that have special syntax that Dandelion needs in order to keep the diagrams in sync with the code. If you accidentally alter one of these comments, the diagrams will be regenerated incorrectly. It turns out that "Round the Horn Engineering" requires an awful lot of effort. The more you try to keep the code compatible with Dandelion, the more errors Dandelion generates. In the end, you give up and decide to keep the diagrams up to date manually. A second later, you decide that there's no point in keeping the diagrams up to date at all. Besides, who has time?   Your boss hires a consultant to build tools to count the number of lines of code that are being produced. He puts a big thermometer graph on the wall with the number 1,000,000 on the top. Every day, he extends the red line to show how many lines have been added. Three days after the thermometer appears on the wall, your boss stops you in the hall. "That graph isn't growing quickly enough. We need to have a million lines done by October 1." "We aren't even sh-sh-sure that the proshect will require a m-million linezh," you blather. "We have to have a million lines done by October 1," your boss reiterates. His points have grown again, and the Grecian formula he uses on them creates an aura of authority and competence. "Are you sure your comment blocks are big enough?" Then, in a flash of managerial insight, he says, "I have it! I want you to institute a new policy among the engineers. No line of code is to be longer than 20 characters. Any such line must be split into two or more preferably more. All existing code needs to be reworked to this standard. That'll get our line count up!"   You decide not to tell him that this will require two unscheduled work months. You decide not to tell him anything at all. You decide that intravenous injections of pure ethanol are the only solution. You make the appropriate arrangements. Hack, hack, hack, and hack. You and your team madly code away. By August 1, your boss, frowning at the thermometer on the wall, institutes a mandatory 50-hour workweek.   Hack, hack, hack, and hack. By September 1st, the thermometer is at 1.2 million lines and your boss asks you to write a report describing why you exceeded the coding budget by 20 percent. He institutes mandatory Saturdays and demands that the project be brought back down to a million lines. You start a campaign of remerging lines. Hack, hack, hack, and hack. Tempers are flaring; people are quitting; QA is raining trouble reports down on you. Customers are demanding installation and user manuals; salespeople are demanding advance demonstrations for special customers; the requirements document is still thrashing, the marketing folks are complaining that the product isn't anything like they specified, and the liquor store won't accept your credit card anymore. Something has to give.    On September 15, BB calls a meeting. As he enters the room, his points are emitting clouds of steam. When he speaks, the bass overtones of his carefully manicured voice cause the pit of your stomach to roll over. "The QA manager has told me that this project has less than 50 percent of the required features implemented. He has also informed me that the system crashes all the time, yields wrong results, and is hideously slow. He has also complained that he cannot keep up with the continuous train of daily releases, each more buggy than the last!" He stops for a few seconds, visibly trying to compose himself. "The QA manager estimates that, at this rate of development, we won't be able to ship the product until December!" Actually, you think it's more like March, but you don't say anything. "December!" BB roars with such derision that people duck their heads as though he were pointing an assault rifle at them. "December is absolutely out of the question. Team leaders, I want new estimates on my desk in the morning. I am hereby mandating 65-hour work weeks until this project is complete. And it better be complete by November 1."   As he leaves the conference room, he is heard to mutter: "Empowermentbah!" * * * Your boss is bald; his points are mounted on BB's wall. The fluorescent lights reflecting off his pate momentarily dazzle you. "Do you have anything to drink?" he asks. Having just finished your last bottle of Boone's Farm, you pull a bottle of Thunderbird from your bookshelf and pour it into his coffee mug. "What's it going to take to get this project done? " he asks. "We need to freeze the requirements, analyze them, design them, and then implement them," you say callously. "By November 1?" your boss exclaims incredulously. "No way! Just get back to coding the damned thing." He storms out, scratching his vacant head.   A few days later, you find that your boss has been transferred to the corporate research division. Turnover has skyrocketed. Customers, informed at the last minute that their orders cannot be fulfilled on time, have begun to cancel their orders. Marketing is re-evaluating whether this product aligns with the overall goals of the company. Memos fly, heads roll, policies change, and things are, overall, pretty grim. Finally, by March, after far too many sixty-five hour weeks, a very shaky version of the software is ready. In the field, bug-discovery rates are high, and the technical support staff are at their wits' end, trying to cope with the complaints and demands of the irate customers. Nobody is happy.   In April, BB decides to buy his way out of the problem by licensing a product produced by Rupert Industries and redistributing it. The customers are mollified, the marketing folks are smug, and you are laid off.     Rupert Industries: Project Alpha   Your name is Robert. The date is January 3, 2001. The quiet hours spent with your family this holiday have left you refreshed and ready for work. You are sitting in a conference room with your team of professionals. The manager of the division called the meeting. "We have some ideas for a new project," says the division manager. Call him Russ. He is a high-strung British chap with more energy than a fusion reactor. He is ambitious and driven but understands the value of a team. Russ describes the essence of the new market opportunity the company has identified and introduces you to Jane, the marketing manager, who is responsible for defining the products that will address it. Addressing you, Jane says, "We'd like to start defining our first product offering as soon as possible. When can you and your team meet with me?" You reply, "We'll be done with the current iteration of our project this Friday. We can spare a few hours for you between now and then. After that, we'll take a few people from the team and dedicate them to you. We'll begin hiring their replacements and the new people for your team immediately." "Great," says Russ, "but I want you to understand that it is critical that we have something to exhibit at the trade show coming up this July. If we can't be there with something significant, we'll lose the opportunity."   "I understand," you reply. "I don't yet know what it is that you have in mind, but I'm sure we can have something by July. I just can't tell you what that something will be right now. In any case, you and Jane are going to have complete control over what we developers do, so you can rest assured that by July, you'll have the most important things that can be accomplished in that time ready to exhibit."   Russ nods in satisfaction. He knows how this works. Your team has always kept him advised and allowed him to steer their development. He has the utmost confidence that your team will work on the most important things first and will produce a high-quality product.   * * *   "So, Robert," says Jane at their first meeting, "How does your team feel about being split up?" "We'll miss working with each other," you answer, "but some of us were getting pretty tired of that last project and are looking forward to a change. So, what are you people cooking up?" Jane beams. "You know how much trouble our customers currently have . . ." And she spends a half hour or so describing the problem and possible solution. "OK, wait a second" you respond. "I need to be clear about this." And so you and Jane talk about how this system might work. Some of her ideas aren't fully formed. You suggest possible solutions. She likes some of them. You continue discussing.   During the discussion, as each new topic is addressed, Jane writes user story cards. Each card represents something that the new system has to do. The cards accumulate on the table and are spread out in front of you. Both you and Jane point at them, pick them up, and make notes on them as you discuss the stories. The cards are powerful mnemonic devices that you can use to represent complex ideas that are barely formed.   At the end of the meeting, you say, "OK, I've got a general idea of what you want. I'm going to talk to the team about it. I imagine they'll want to run some experiments with various database structures and presentation formats. Next time we meet, it'll be as a group, and we'll start identifying the most important features of the system."   A week later, your nascent team meets with Jane. They spread the existing user story cards out on the table and begin to get into some of the details of the system. The meeting is very dynamic. Jane presents the stories in the order of their importance. There is much discussion about each one. The developers are concerned about keeping the stories small enough to estimate and test. So they continually ask Jane to split one story into several smaller stories. Jane is concerned that each story have a clear business value and priority, so as she splits them, she makes sure that this stays true.   The stories accumulate on the table. Jane writes them, but the developers make notes on them as needed. Nobody tries to capture everything that is said; the cards are not meant to capture everything but are simply reminders of the conversation.   As the developers become more comfortable with the stories, they begin writing estimates on them. These estimates are crude and budgetary, but they give Jane an idea of what the story will cost.   At the end of the meeting, it is clear that many more stories could be discussed. It is also clear that the most important stories have been addressed and that they represent several months worth of work. Jane closes the meeting by taking the cards with her and promising to have a proposal for the first release in the morning.   * * *   The next morning, you reconvene the meeting. Jane chooses five cards and places them on the table. "According to your estimates, these cards represent about one perfect team-week's worth of work. The last iteration of the previous project managed to get one perfect team-week done in 3 real weeks. If we can get these five stories done in 3 weeks, we'll be able to demonstrate them to Russ. That will make him feel very comfortable about our progress." Jane is pushing it. The sheepish look on her face lets you know that she knows it too. You reply, "Jane, this is a new team, working on a new project. It's a bit presumptuous to expect that our velocity will be the same as the previous team's. However, I met with the team yesterday afternoon, and we all agreed that our initial velocity should, in fact, be set to one perfectweek for every 3 real-weeks. So you've lucked out on this one." "Just remember," you continue, "that the story estimates and the story velocity are very tentative at this point. We'll learn more when we plan the iteration and even more when we implement it."   Jane looks over her glasses at you as if to say "Who's the boss around here, anyway?" and then smiles and says, "Yeah, don't worry. I know the drill by now."Jane then puts 15 more cards on the table. She says, "If we can get all these cards done by the end of March, we can turn the system over to our beta test customers. And we'll get good feedback from them."   You reply, "OK, so we've got our first iteration defined, and we have the stories for the next three iterations after that. These four iterations will make our first release."   "So," says Jane, can you really do these five stories in the next 3 weeks?" "I don't know for sure, Jane," you reply. "Let's break them down into tasks and see what we get."   So Jane, you, and your team spend the next several hours taking each of the five stories that Jane chose for the first iteration and breaking them down into small tasks. The developers quickly realize that some of the tasks can be shared between stories and that other tasks have commonalities that can probably be taken advantage of. It is clear that potential designs are popping into the developers' heads. From time to time, they form little discussion knots and scribble UML diagrams on some cards.   Soon, the whiteboard is filled with the tasks that, once completed, will implement the five stories for this iteration. You start the sign-up process by saying, "OK, let's sign up for these tasks." "I'll take the initial database generation." Says Pete. "That's what I did on the last project, and this doesn't look very different. I estimate it at two of my perfect workdays." "OK, well, then, I'll take the login screen," says Joe. "Aw, darn," says Elaine, the junior member of the team, "I've never done a GUI, and kinda wanted to try that one."   "Ah, the impatience of youth," Joe says sagely, with a wink in your direction. "You can assist me with it, young Jedi." To Jane: "I think it'll take me about three of my perfect workdays."   One by one, the developers sign up for tasks and estimate them in terms of their own perfect workdays. Both you and Jane know that it is best to let the developers volunteer for tasks than to assign the tasks to them. You also know full well that you daren't challenge any of the developers' estimates. You know these people, and you trust them. You know that they are going to do the very best they can.   The developers know that they can't sign up for more perfect workdays than they finished in the last iteration they worked on. Once each developer has filled his or her schedule for the iteration, they stop signing up for tasks.   Eventually, all the developers have stopped signing up for tasks. But, of course, tasks are still left on the board.   "I was worried that that might happen," you say, "OK, there's only one thing to do, Jane. We've got too much to do in this iteration. What stories or tasks can we remove?" Jane sighs. She knows that this is the only option. Working overtime at the beginning of a project is insane, and projects where she's tried it have not fared well.   So Jane starts to remove the least-important functionality. "Well, we really don't need the login screen just yet. We can simply start the system in the logged-in state." "Rats!" cries Elaine. "I really wanted to do that." "Patience, grasshopper." says Joe. "Those who wait for the bees to leave the hive will not have lips too swollen to relish the honey." Elaine looks confused. Everyone looks confused. "So . . .," Jane continues, "I think we can also do away with . . ." And so, bit by bit, the list of tasks shrinks. Developers who lose a task sign up for one of the remaining ones.   The negotiation is not painless. Several times, Jane exhibits obvious frustration and impatience. Once, when tensions are especially high, Elaine volunteers, "I'll work extra hard to make up some of the missing time." You are about to correct her when, fortunately, Joe looks her in the eye and says, "When once you proceed down the dark path, forever will it dominate your destiny."   In the end, an iteration acceptable to Jane is reached. It's not what Jane wanted. Indeed, it is significantly less. But it's something the team feels that can be achieved in the next 3 weeks.   And, after all, it still addresses the most important things that Jane wanted in the iteration. "So, Jane," you say when things had quieted down a bit, "when can we expect acceptance tests from you?" Jane sighs. This is the other side of the coin. For every story the development team implements,   Jane must supply a suite of acceptance tests that prove that it works. And the team needs these long before the end of the iteration, since they will certainly point out differences in the way Jane and the developers imagine the system's behaviour.   "I'll get you some example test scripts today," Jane promises. "I'll add to them every day after that. You'll have the entire suite by the middle of the iteration."   * * *   The iteration begins on Monday morning with a flurry of Class, Responsibilities, Collaborators sessions. By midmorning, all the developers have assembled into pairs and are rapidly coding away. "And now, my young apprentice," Joe says to Elaine, "you shall learn the mysteries of test-first design!"   "Wow, that sounds pretty rad," Elaine replies. "How do you do it?" Joe beams. It's clear that he has been anticipating this moment. "OK, what does the code do right now?" "Huh?" replied Elaine, "It doesn't do anything at all; there is no code."   "So, consider our task; can you think of something the code should do?" "Sure," Elaine said with youthful assurance, "First, it should connect to the database." "And thereupon, what must needs be required to connecteth the database?" "You sure talk weird," laughed Elaine. "I think we'd have to get the database object from some registry and call the Connect() method. "Ah, astute young wizard. Thou perceives correctly that we requireth an object within which we can cacheth the database object." "Is 'cacheth' really a word?" "It is when I say it! So, what test can we write that we know the database registry should pass?" Elaine sighs. She knows she'll just have to play along. "We should be able to create a database object and pass it to the registry in a Store() method. And then we should be able to pull it out of the registry with a Get() method and make sure it's the same object." "Oh, well said, my prepubescent sprite!" "Hay!" "So, now, let's write a test function that proves your case." "But shouldn't we write the database object and registry object first?" "Ah, you've much to learn, my young impatient one. Just write the test first." "But it won't even compile!" "Are you sure? What if it did?" "Uh . . ." "Just write the test, Elaine. Trust me." And so Joe, Elaine, and all the other developers began to code their tasks, one test case at a time. The room in which they worked was abuzz with the conversations between the pairs. The murmur was punctuated by an occasional high five when a pair managed to finish a task or a difficult test case.   As development proceeded, the developers changed partners once or twice a day. Each developer got to see what all the others were doing, and so knowledge of the code spread generally throughout the team.   Whenever a pair finished something significant whether a whole task or simply an important part of a task they integrated what they had with the rest of the system. Thus, the code base grew daily, and integration difficulties were minimized.   The developers communicated with Jane on a daily basis. They'd go to her whenever they had a question about the functionality of the system or the interpretation of an acceptance test case.   Jane, good as her word, supplied the team with a steady stream of acceptance test scripts. The team read these carefully and thereby gained a much better understanding of what Jane expected the system to do. By the beginning of the second week, there was enough functionality to demonstrate to Jane. She watched eagerly as the demonstration passed test case after test case. "This is really cool," Jane said as the demonstration finally ended. "But this doesn't seem like one-third of the tasks. Is your velocity slower than anticipated?"   You grimace. You'd been waiting for a good time to mention this to Jane but now she was forcing the issue. "Yes, unfortunately, we are going more slowly than we had expected. The new application server we are using is turning out to be a pain to configure. Also, it takes forever to reboot, and we have to reboot it whenever we make even the slightest change to its configuration."   Jane eyes you with suspicion. The stress of last Monday's negotiations had still not entirely dissipated. She says, "And what does this mean to our schedule? We can't slip it again, we just can't. Russ will have a fit! He'll haul us all into the woodshed and ream us some new ones."   You look Jane right in the eyes. There's no pleasant way to give someone news like this. So you just blurt out, "Look, if things keep going like they're going, we're not going to be done with everything by next Friday. Now it's possible that we'll figure out a way to go faster. But, frankly, I wouldn't depend on that. You should start thinking about one or two tasks that could be removed from the iteration without ruining the demonstration for Russ. Come hell or high water, we are going to give that demonstration on Friday, and I don't think you want us to choose which tasks to omit."   "Aw forchrisakes!" Jane barely manages to stifle yelling that last word as she stalks away, shaking her head. Not for the first time, you say to yourself, "Nobody ever promised me project management would be easy." You are pretty sure it won't be the last time, either.   Actually, things went a bit better than you had hoped. The team did, in fact, have to drop one task from the iteration, but Jane had chosen wisely, and the demonstration for Russ went without a hitch. Russ was not impressed with the progress, but neither was he dismayed. He simply said, "This is pretty good. But remember, we have to be able to demonstrate this system at the trade show in July, and at this rate, it doesn't look like you'll have all that much to show." Jane, whose attitude had improved dramatically with the completion of the iteration, responded to Russ by saying, "Russ, this team is working hard, and well. When July comes around, I am confident that we'll have something significant to demonstrate. It won't be everything, and some of it may be smoke and mirrors, but we'll have something."   Painful though the last iteration was, it had calibrated your velocity numbers. The next iteration went much better. Not because your team got more done than in the last iteration but simply because the team didn't have to remove any tasks or stories in the middle of the iteration.   By the start of the fourth iteration, a natural rhythm has been established. Jane, you, and the team know exactly what to expect from one another. The team is running hard, but the pace is sustainable. You are confident that the team can keep up this pace for a year or more.   The number of surprises in the schedule diminishes to near zero; however, the number of surprises in the requirements does not. Jane and Russ frequently look over the growing system and make recommendations or changes to the existing functionality. But all parties realize that these changes take time and must be scheduled. So the changes do not cause anyone's expectations to be violated. In March, there is a major demonstration of the system to the board of directors. The system is very limited and is not yet in a form good enough to take to the trade show, but progress is steady, and the board is reasonably impressed.   The second release goes even more smoothly than the first. By now, the team has figured out a way to automate Jane's acceptance test scripts. The team has also refactored the design of the system to the point that it is really easy to add new features and change old ones. The second release was done by the end of June and was taken to the trade show. It had less in it than Jane and Russ would have liked, but it did demonstrate the most important features of the system. Although customers at the trade show noticed that certain features were missing, they were very impressed overall. You, Russ, and Jane all returned from the trade show with smiles on your faces. You all felt as though this project was a winner.   Indeed, many months later, you are contacted by Rufus Inc. That company had been working on a system like this for its internal operations. Rufus has canceled the development of that system after a death-march project and is negotiating to license your technology for its environment.   Indeed, things are looking up!

    Read the article

< Previous Page | 306 307 308 309 310 311  | Next Page >